2 Sediment and Pollutant Transport - Basement - ETH Zürich
2 Sediment and Pollutant Transport - Basement - ETH Zürich
2 Sediment and Pollutant Transport - Basement - ETH Zürich
Create successful ePaper yourself
Turn your PDF publications into a flip-book with our unique Google optimized e-Paper software.
System Manuals of BASEMENT<br />
CREDITS<br />
VERSION 1.1<br />
October, 2006<br />
Project Team<br />
Prof. Dr.-Ing. H.-E. Minor,<br />
Member of the steering committee of Rhone-Thur Project, Director VAW<br />
Dr. R. Fäh, Dipl. Ing. <strong>ETH</strong><br />
Module manager within Rhone-Thur Project, Scientific supervisor BASEMENT<br />
Dr.-Ing. D. Farshi, M. Sc., Software development BASEplane, Scientific Associate<br />
R. Müller, Dipl. Ing. EPFL, Software development BASEchain, Scientific Associate<br />
P. Rousselot, Dipl. Rech. Wiss. <strong>ETH</strong>, Software development, Scientific Associate<br />
D. Vetsch, Dipl. Ing. <strong>ETH</strong>, Project Supervisor BASEMENT, Scientific Associate<br />
Art Design <strong>and</strong> Layout<br />
W. Thürig, D. Vetsch<br />
Lectorate<br />
Dr. U. Keller<br />
Commissioned <strong>and</strong> co-financed by<br />
Swiss Federal Office<br />
for the Environment (FOEN)<br />
Contact<br />
basement@ethz.ch<br />
http://www.basement.ethz.ch<br />
© <strong>ETH</strong> Zurich, VAW, Faeh R., Farshi D., Mueller R., Rousselot P., Vetsch D., 2006<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />
Version 10/4/2006
System Manuals of BASEMENT<br />
PREFACE<br />
Preface<br />
The development of computer programs for solving dem<strong>and</strong>ing hydraulic or hydrological<br />
problems has an almost thirty-year tradition at VAW. Many projects have been carried out<br />
with the application of “home-made” numerical codes <strong>and</strong> were successfully finished. The<br />
according software development <strong>and</strong> its applications were primarily promoted by the<br />
individual initiative of scientific associates of VAW <strong>and</strong> financed by federal instances or the<br />
private sector. Most often, the programs were tailored for a specific application <strong>and</strong> adapted<br />
to fulfil costumer needs. Consequently, the software grew in functionality but with little<br />
documentation. Due to limited temporal <strong>and</strong> personal resources to absolve an according<br />
project, a single point of knowledge concerning the details of the software was inevitable in<br />
most of the cases.<br />
In 2002, the applied numerics group of VAW was invited by the Swiss federal office for<br />
water <strong>and</strong> geology (BWG, nowadays Swiss Federal Office for the Environment FOEN) to<br />
offer for participation in the trans-disciplinary “Rhone-Thur” project. With the idea to build up<br />
a new software tool based on the knowledge gained by former numerical codes - while<br />
eliminating their shortcomings <strong>and</strong> exp<strong>and</strong>ing their functionality - a proposal was submitted.<br />
The bidding being successful a partnership in terms of co-financing was established. By the<br />
end of 2002, a newly formed team took up the work to build the so-called “BASic<br />
EnvironMENT for simulation of environmental flow <strong>and</strong> natural hazard simulation –<br />
BASEMENT”.<br />
From the beginning, the objectives for the new project were ambitious: developing a<br />
software system from scratch, containing all the experience of many years as well as stateof-the-art<br />
numerics with general applicability <strong>and</strong> providing the ability to simulate sediment<br />
transport. Additionally, professional documentation is a must. As to meet all these dem<strong>and</strong>s,<br />
a part wise reengineering of existing codes (Floris, 2dmb) has been carried out, while<br />
merging it with modern <strong>and</strong> new numerical approaches. From a software-technical point of<br />
view, an object-oriented approach has been chosen, with the aim to provide reusability,<br />
reliability, robustness, extensibility <strong>and</strong> maintainability of the software to be developed.<br />
After four years of designing, implementing <strong>and</strong> testing, the software system BASEMENT<br />
has reached a state to go public. The documentation at h<strong>and</strong> confirms the invested diligence<br />
to create a transparent software system of high quality. The software, in terms of an<br />
executable computer program, <strong>and</strong> its documentation are available free of charge. It can be<br />
used by anyone who wants to run numerical simulations of rivers <strong>and</strong> sediment transport –<br />
either for training or for commercial purposes.<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />
Version 10/5/2006
System Manuals of BASEMENT<br />
PREFACE<br />
The further development of the software tends to new approaches for sediment transport<br />
simulation, carried out within the scope of scientific studies on one h<strong>and</strong> side. On the other<br />
h<strong>and</strong>, effectiveness <strong>and</strong> composite modelling are the goals. On either side, a reliable<br />
software system BASEMENT will have to meet expectations of the practical engineer <strong>and</strong><br />
the scientist at the same time.<br />
Prof. Dr.-Ing. H.-E. Minor<br />
Member of the steering committee of Rhone-Thur Project, Director VAW<br />
October, 2006<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />
Version 10/5/2006
System Manuals of BASEMENT<br />
LICENSE AGREEMENT<br />
1. Definition of the Software<br />
SOFTWARE LICENSE<br />
between<br />
<strong>ETH</strong> Zurich<br />
Rämistrasse 101<br />
8092 Zürich<br />
Represented by Prof. Hans Erwin Minor<br />
VAW<br />
(Licensor)<br />
<strong>and</strong><br />
Licensee<br />
The Software system BASEMENT is composed of the executable (binary) files BASEMENT, BASEchain <strong>and</strong><br />
BASEplane <strong>and</strong> its documentation files (System Manuals), together herein after referred to as “Software”. Not<br />
included is the source code.<br />
Its purpose is the simulation of water flow, sediment <strong>and</strong> pollutant transport <strong>and</strong> according interaction in<br />
consideration of movable boundaries <strong>and</strong> morphological changes.<br />
2. License of <strong>ETH</strong> Zurich<br />
<strong>ETH</strong> Zurich hereby grants a single, non-exclusive, world-wide, royalty-free license to use Software to the licensee<br />
subject to all the terms <strong>and</strong> conditions of this Agreement.<br />
3. The scope of the license<br />
a. Use<br />
The licensee may use the Software:<br />
- according to the intended purpose of the Software as defined in provision 1<br />
- by the licensee <strong>and</strong> his employees<br />
- for commercial <strong>and</strong> non-commercial purposes<br />
The generation of essential temporary backups is allowed.<br />
b. Reproduction / Modification<br />
Neither reproduction (other than plain backup copies) nor modification is permitted with the following<br />
exceptions:<br />
Decoding according to article 21 URG [Bundesgesetz über das Urheberrecht, SR 231.1)<br />
If the licensee intends to access the program with other interoperative programs according to article 21 URG, he<br />
is to contact licensor explaining his requirement.<br />
If the licensor neither provides according support for the interoperative programs nor makes the necessary<br />
source code available within 30 days, licensee is entitled, after reminding the licensor once, to obtain the<br />
information for the above mentioned intentions by source code generation through decompilation.<br />
c. Adaptation<br />
On his own risk, the licensee has the right to parameterize the Software or to access the Software with<br />
interoperable programs within the aforementioned scope of the licence.<br />
d. Distribution of Software to sub licensees<br />
Licensee may transfer this Software in its original form to sub licensees. Sub licensees have to agree to all<br />
terms <strong>and</strong> conditions of this Agreement. It is prohibited to impose any further restrictions on the sub licensees’<br />
exercise of the rights granted herein.<br />
No fees may be charged for use, reproduction, modification or distribution of this Software, neither in<br />
unmodified nor incorporated forms, with the exception of a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy or for<br />
an additional warranty protection.<br />
4. Obligations of licensee<br />
a. Copyright Notice<br />
Software as well as interactively generated output must conspicuously <strong>and</strong> appropriately quote the following<br />
copyright notices:<br />
Copyright by <strong>ETH</strong> Zurich, VAW, Faeh Rol<strong>and</strong>, Farshi Davood, Mueller Renata, Rousselot Patric, Vetsch David, 2006<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />
Version 10/6/2006
System Manuals of BASEMENT<br />
LICENSE AGREEMENT<br />
5. Intellectual property <strong>and</strong> other rights<br />
The licensee obtains all rights granted in this Agreement <strong>and</strong> retains all rights to results from the use of the<br />
Software.<br />
Ownership, intellectual property rights <strong>and</strong> all other rights in <strong>and</strong> to the Software shall remain with <strong>ETH</strong> Zurich<br />
(licensor).<br />
6. Installation, maintenance, support, upgrades or new releases<br />
a. Installation<br />
The licensee may download the Software from the web page http://www.basement.ethz.ch or access it from<br />
the distributed CD.<br />
b. Maintenance, support, upgrades or new releases<br />
<strong>ETH</strong> Zurich doesn’t have any obligation of maintenance, support, upgrades or new releases, <strong>and</strong> disclaims all<br />
costs associated with service, repair or correction.<br />
7. Warranty<br />
<strong>ETH</strong> Zurich does not make any warranty concerning the:<br />
- warranty of merchantability, satisfactory quality <strong>and</strong> fitness for a particular purpose<br />
- warranty of accuracy of results, of the quality <strong>and</strong> performance of the Software;<br />
- warranty of noninfringement of intellectual property rights of third parties.<br />
8. Liability<br />
<strong>ETH</strong> Zurich disclaims all liabilities. <strong>ETH</strong> Zurich shall not have any liability for any direct or indirect damage except for<br />
the provisions of the applicable law (article 100 OR [Schweizerisches Obligationenrecht]).<br />
9. Termination<br />
This Agreement may be terminated by <strong>ETH</strong> Zurich at any time, in case of a fundamental breach of the provisions of<br />
this Agreement by the licensee.<br />
10. No transfer of rights <strong>and</strong> duties<br />
Rights <strong>and</strong> duties derived from this Agreement shall not be transferred to third parties without the written<br />
acceptance of the licensor. In particular, the Software cannot be sold, licensed or rented out to third parties by the<br />
licensee.<br />
11. No implied grant of rights<br />
The parties shall not infer from this Agreement any other rights, including licenses, than those that are explicitly<br />
stated herein.<br />
12. Severability<br />
If any provisions of this Agreement will become invalid or unenforceable, such invalidity or enforceability shall not<br />
affect the other provisions of Agreement. These shall remain in full force <strong>and</strong> effect, provided that the basic intent<br />
of the parties is preserved. The parties will in good faith negotiate substitute provisions to replace invalid or<br />
unenforceable provisions which reflect the original intentions of the parties as closely as possible <strong>and</strong> maintain the<br />
economic balance between the parties.<br />
13. Applicable law<br />
This Agreement as well as any <strong>and</strong> all matters arising out of it shall exclusively be governed by <strong>and</strong> interpreted in<br />
accordance with the laws of Switzerl<strong>and</strong>, excluding its principles of conflict of laws.<br />
14. Jurisdiction<br />
If any dispute, controversy or difference arises between the Parties in connection with this Agreement, the parties<br />
shall first attempt to settle it amicably.<br />
Should settlement not be achieved, the Courts of Zurich-City shall have exclusive jurisdiction. This provision shall<br />
only apply to licenses between <strong>ETH</strong> Zurich <strong>and</strong> foreign licensees<br />
By using this software you indicate your acceptance.<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />
Version 10/6/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
MATHEMATICAL MODELS<br />
1 Governing Flow Equations<br />
Table of Contents<br />
1.1 Saint-Venant Equations .................................................................................... 1.1-1<br />
1.1.1 Introduction .................................................................................................. 1.1-1<br />
1.1.2 Applied Form of SVE .................................................................................... 1.1-1<br />
1.1.3 Source Terms ............................................................................................... 1.1-5<br />
1.1.4 Closure Conditions: Determination of the friction Slope S<br />
f<br />
....................... 1.1-5<br />
1.1.5 Boundary Conditions .................................................................................... 1.1-7<br />
1.2 Shallow Water Equations ................................................................................. 1.2-1<br />
1.2.1 Introduction .................................................................................................. 1.2-1<br />
1.2.2 Conservative Form of SWE .......................................................................... 1.2-3<br />
1.2.3 Source Tems ................................................................................................ 1.2-4<br />
1.2.4 Boundary Conditions .................................................................................... 1.2-5<br />
1.2.5 Closure Conditions ....................................................................................... 1.2-6<br />
2 <strong>Sediment</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Pollutant</strong> <strong>Transport</strong><br />
2.1 Suspended <strong>Sediment</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Pollutant</strong> <strong>Transport</strong>.............................................. 2.1-1<br />
2.1.1 Addvection-Diffusion-Equation ..................................................................... 2.1-1<br />
2.2 Bed Load <strong>Transport</strong> ........................................................................................... 2.2-1<br />
2.2.1 Introduction .................................................................................................. 2.2-1<br />
2.2.2 Bed Material Sorting..................................................................................... 2.2-1<br />
2.2.3 Mass Conservation....................................................................................... 2.2-1<br />
2.2.4 Bottom Shear stress <strong>and</strong> Motion Threshold ................................................ 2.2-2<br />
2.2.5 Closures for Bed Load <strong>Transport</strong>.................................................................. 2.2-3<br />
2.2.6 Source Terms ............................................................................................... 2.2-5<br />
2.3 Lateral <strong>Transport</strong> ............................................................................................... 2.3-1<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />
Version 9/28/2006<br />
R I - i
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
MATHEMATICAL MODELS<br />
List of Figures<br />
Fig. 1: Definition sketch ..............................................................................................................1.1-1<br />
Fig. 2: Computational Domain <strong>and</strong> Boundaries .........................................................................1.2-5<br />
Fig. 3:<br />
Determination of critical shear stress for a given grain diameter...................................2.2-2<br />
List of Tables<br />
Tab. 1: Number of needed boundary conditions ..........................................................................1.1-7<br />
Tab. 2: The Correct Number of Boundary Conditions in SWE ....................................................1.2-6<br />
R I - ii<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />
Version 9/28/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
MATHEMATICAL MODELS<br />
I<br />
MATHEMATICAL MODELS<br />
1 Governing Flow Equations<br />
1.1 Saint-Venant Equations<br />
1.1.1 Introduction<br />
The BASEchain module is based on the Saint Venant Equations for unsteady one<br />
dimensional flow. The validity of these equations implies the following conditions <strong>and</strong><br />
assumptions:<br />
- Hydrostatic distribution of pressure: this is fulfilled if the streamline curvatures<br />
are small <strong>and</strong> the vertical accelerations are negligible.<br />
- Uniform velocity over the cross section <strong>and</strong> horizontal water surface across the<br />
section.<br />
- Small slope of the channel bottom, so that the cosine of the angle of the bottom<br />
with the horizontal can be assumed to be 1.<br />
- Steady-state resistance laws are applicable for unsteady flow.<br />
The flow conditions at a channel cross section can be defined by two flow variables.<br />
Therefore, two of the three conservation laws are needed to analyze a flow situation. If the<br />
flow variables are not continuous, these must be the mass <strong>and</strong> the momentum<br />
conservation laws (Cunge, Holly et al. 1980).<br />
1.1.2 Applied Form of SVE<br />
1.1.2.1 Mass conservation<br />
Fig. 1: Definition sketch<br />
For the control volume illustrated in figure 1, assuming the mass density ρ is constant, it<br />
can be written:<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich R I - 1.1-1<br />
Version 9/28/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
dV<br />
dt<br />
d<br />
= + − − −<br />
dt<br />
x2<br />
∫ Ad x Qout Qin ql<br />
( x<br />
x<br />
2<br />
x1) 0<br />
1<br />
where: A [m 2 ] wetted cross section area<br />
Q [m 3 /s] discharge<br />
q [m 2 /s] lateral discharge per meter of length<br />
l<br />
V [m 3 ] volume<br />
x [m] distance<br />
t [s] time<br />
MATHEMATICAL MODELS<br />
= (RI-1.1)<br />
Applying Leibnitz’s rule <strong>and</strong> the mean value theorem:<br />
x2<br />
x2<br />
∂A<br />
∂A<br />
Ax d d x ( x2 x1<br />
t∫ =<br />
x ∫ = − ),<br />
1 ∂t ∂x<br />
x1<br />
d<br />
d<br />
<strong>and</strong> then dividing by ( x2 − x1)<br />
<strong>and</strong><br />
Q<br />
out<br />
− Q<br />
in<br />
( x − x1)<br />
2<br />
∂Q<br />
=<br />
∂x<br />
the divergent form of the continuity equation is obtained:<br />
∂A ∂Q + − ql = 0<br />
∂t<br />
∂x<br />
,<br />
(RI-1.2)<br />
1.1.2.2 Momentum Conservation<br />
With the momentum<br />
dM<br />
dt<br />
= m a =∑ F<br />
where: M<br />
p = mu<br />
[kg m/s] momentum<br />
m [kg] mass<br />
u [m/s] velocity<br />
a [m/s 2 ] acceleration<br />
F [N] force<br />
<strong>and</strong> according to Newton’s second law of motion<br />
Making use of the Reynolds transport theorem (Chaudhry 1993) <strong>and</strong> referring to the control<br />
volume in Fig. 1<br />
dM<br />
dt<br />
x2<br />
d<br />
∑ F u Adx u2 Au<br />
2 2<br />
u1 Au<br />
1 1<br />
ux<br />
ql<br />
x2 x1<br />
dt<br />
∫ ρ ρ ρ ρ ( ) (RI-1.3)<br />
x1<br />
= = + − − −<br />
is obtained, where:<br />
u<br />
x<br />
[m/s] velocity in x direction (direction of flow) of lateral source<br />
ρ [kg/m 3 ] mass density<br />
Further simplification is achieved by applying Leibnitz’s rule <strong>and</strong> writing Q = Au <strong>and</strong><br />
Q/<br />
A=<br />
u resulting in:<br />
R I - 1.1-2<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />
Version 9/28/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
MATHEMATICAL MODELS<br />
x2<br />
2 2<br />
∂Q Q Q<br />
∑ F= ∫ ρ d x + ρ −ρ −uxρql(<br />
x2 − x1)<br />
(RI-1.4)<br />
∂t A A<br />
x1<br />
out<br />
in<br />
Application of the mean value theorem:<br />
<strong>and</strong> division by ( x2 x1)<br />
ρ − <strong>and</strong> with<br />
x2<br />
∫<br />
x1<br />
Q Q<br />
ρ ∂ dx = ∂ ( x2 −x1)<br />
∂t<br />
∂x<br />
⎛ ⎞ ∂ ⎛ ⎞<br />
2 2<br />
Q Q 1 Q 2<br />
− =<br />
⎜ A A ⎟ ⎜ ⎟<br />
( x2 −x1)<br />
∂x A<br />
out in<br />
⎝ ⎠<br />
⎝<br />
leads to:<br />
⎠<br />
∑ 2<br />
F ∂Q<br />
∂ ⎛Q<br />
⎞<br />
= + ⎜ ⎟−qu<br />
l x<br />
x2 x1<br />
t x A<br />
(RI-1.5)<br />
ρ( − ) ∂ ∂ ⎝ ⎠<br />
For the determination of<br />
considered:<br />
∑F<br />
the following forces acting on the control volume have to be<br />
- pressure force upstream <strong>and</strong> downstream: F1 = ρgA1h1 <strong>and</strong> F2<br />
= ρgA<br />
2<br />
h 2<br />
- weight of water in x-direction:<br />
x2<br />
F3<br />
= ρg∫<br />
ASBdx<br />
x2<br />
QQ<br />
- frictional force: F4<br />
= ρg∫ AS<br />
f<br />
dx<br />
, where S<br />
f<br />
=<br />
2<br />
K<br />
x1<br />
x1<br />
S<br />
f<br />
[-] friction slope<br />
K [m 3 /s] conveyance factor<br />
g [m/s 2 ] gravity<br />
k<br />
st<br />
[m 1/3 /s] Strickler factor<br />
R [m] hydraulic radius<br />
K = k AR<br />
st<br />
2 3<br />
Introducing the sum of these forces in equation (RI-1.5) <strong>and</strong> applying the mean value<br />
theorem:<br />
x2<br />
∫ AS (<br />
B<br />
− Sf)d x= AS (<br />
B<br />
−Sf)(<br />
x2 −x1)<br />
x1<br />
the momentum equation in the conservation form is obtained:<br />
⎛ ⎞<br />
⎜ ⎟ g ( ) g ( )<br />
∂t ∂x⎝<br />
A ⎠ ∂x<br />
2<br />
∂Q<br />
∂ Q<br />
∂<br />
+ − ux =− Ah + A SB −<br />
f<br />
S (RI-1.6)<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich R I - 1.1-3<br />
Version 9/28/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
MATHEMATICAL MODELS<br />
As<br />
⎡<br />
( Ah)<br />
A( h h) 1 B( ) 2 ⎤<br />
Δ =<br />
⎢<br />
+Δ − Δ − A<br />
⎣<br />
2 ⎥<br />
h<br />
⎦<br />
<strong>and</strong> furthermore neglecting higher order terms <strong>and</strong> letting<br />
∂ ∂ ∂ ∂h<br />
∂h<br />
Δh→ 0, ( Ah)<br />
= A<strong>and</strong> (g Ah) = g ( Ah) = gA ∂h ∂x ∂h ∂x<br />
∂ . x<br />
Equation (RI-1.6) becomes:<br />
2<br />
∂Q ∂ ⎛Q ⎞ ∂h<br />
+ ⎜ ⎟+ g A −gA( S −S ) −qu<br />
∂t ∂x⎝<br />
A ⎠ ∂x<br />
B f l x<br />
= 0<br />
(RI-1.7)<br />
h<br />
As <strong>and</strong> SB<br />
are unknown for irregular cross sections, they are eliminated from equation<br />
(RI-1.7) by the following transformation:<br />
∂h<br />
∂zS ∂zB<br />
∂zS<br />
h= zS<br />
− zB<br />
<strong>and</strong> = − = + S B<br />
∂x ∂x ∂x ∂x<br />
Insertion into equation (RI-1.7) results in:<br />
2<br />
∂Q ∂ ⎛Q ⎞ ∂z<br />
+ ⎜ ⎟+ gA + gASf −qu<br />
l x<br />
∂t ∂x⎝<br />
A ⎠ ∂x<br />
= 0<br />
(RI-1.8)<br />
If only the cross sectional area where the water actually flows <strong>and</strong> therefore contributes to<br />
the momentum balance shall be used, <strong>and</strong> introducing a factor β accounting for the<br />
velocity distribution in the cross section (Cunge, Holly et al. 1980), equation (RI-1.9) is<br />
obtained:<br />
∂ ∂ ⎛ ⎞ ∂<br />
∂ ∂ ⎝ ⎠ ∂<br />
2<br />
Q Q z<br />
+ ⎜β<br />
⎟+ gAred + gAred S<br />
f<br />
−qlux<br />
t x Ared<br />
x<br />
0<br />
= (RI-1.9)<br />
where A [m 2<br />
] is the reduced area, i.e. the part of the cross section area where water<br />
flows.<br />
red<br />
R I - 1.1-4<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />
Version 9/28/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
MATHEMATICAL MODELS<br />
1.1.3 Source Terms<br />
With the given formulation of the flow equation there are 4 source terms:<br />
For the continuity equation:<br />
• The lateral in- or outflow ql<br />
For the momentum equation:<br />
• The bed slope<br />
∂zS<br />
W = gA<br />
(RI-1.10)<br />
∂ x<br />
• The bottom friction:<br />
Fr = gA<br />
red<br />
S f<br />
(RI-1.11)<br />
• The influence of lateral in- or outflow:<br />
qu<br />
l<br />
x<br />
(RI-1.12)<br />
However, in this work, the influence of the lateral inflow on the momentum equation is<br />
neglected.<br />
1.1.4 Closure Conditions: Determination of the friction Slope S<br />
f<br />
The relation between the friction slope <strong>and</strong> the bottom shear stress is:<br />
τ<br />
B<br />
gRS f<br />
ρ = (RI-1.13)<br />
As the unit of τ<br />
B<br />
/ ρ is the square of a velocity, a shear stress velocity can be defined as:<br />
u<br />
τ<br />
ρ<br />
B<br />
*<br />
= . (RI-1.14)<br />
The velocity in the channel is proportional to the shear flow velocity <strong>and</strong> thus:<br />
u = c gRS<br />
(RI-1.15)<br />
f<br />
where<br />
f<br />
c<br />
f<br />
is the Chézy coefficient.<br />
If u is replaced by Q/<br />
A:<br />
Q c<br />
f<br />
g R S<br />
f<br />
A = (RI-1.16)<br />
results, with<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich R I - 1.1-5<br />
Version 9/28/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
MATHEMATICAL MODELS<br />
S<br />
f<br />
QQ<br />
= . (RI-1.17)<br />
gA cR<br />
2 2<br />
f<br />
Introducing the conveyance K :<br />
Q<br />
K = = Acf<br />
R g<br />
(RI-1.18)<br />
S<br />
f<br />
S<br />
f<br />
QQ<br />
= (RI-1.19)<br />
2<br />
K<br />
If the Strickler coefficient is used as friction parameter the coefficient<br />
follows:<br />
c<br />
f<br />
is calculated as<br />
Strickler:<br />
1 6<br />
kstrR<br />
c<br />
f<br />
= (RI-1.20)<br />
g<br />
Otherwise the following approaches are implemented:<br />
Chézy:<br />
c<br />
f<br />
⎛12R<br />
⎞<br />
= 5.75log ⎜ ⎟ (RI-1.21)<br />
⎝ k ⎠<br />
s<br />
Darcy-Weissbach:<br />
c f<br />
8<br />
= with<br />
f<br />
f<br />
0.24<br />
=<br />
⎛12R<br />
⎞<br />
log ⎜ ⎟<br />
⎝ ks<br />
⎠<br />
(RI-1.22)<br />
If it is assumed that the friction depends on the grain size of the bottom:<br />
k<br />
str<br />
<strong>and</strong><br />
ks<br />
factor<br />
= default value of factor = 21.1 (RI-1.23)<br />
6<br />
d<br />
90<br />
90<br />
= 2d<br />
(RI-1.24)<br />
R I - 1.1-6<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />
Version 9/28/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
MATHEMATICAL MODELS<br />
1.1.5 Boundary Conditions<br />
At the upper und lower end of the channel it is necessary to know the influence of the<br />
region outside on the flow within the computational domain. The influenced area depends<br />
on the propagation velocity of a perturbation. The propagation velocity in st<strong>and</strong>ing water is<br />
c= gh (RI-1.25)<br />
If a one dimensional flow is considered this propagation takes place in two directions:<br />
upstream ( −c<br />
) <strong>and</strong> downstream ( + c ). These velocities must then be added to the flow<br />
velocities in the channel, giving the upstream (C −<br />
) <strong>and</strong> downstream (C +<br />
) characteristics:<br />
C<br />
C<br />
−<br />
+<br />
dx<br />
= = u−c dt<br />
(RI-1.26)<br />
dx<br />
= = u+c dt<br />
(RI-1.27)<br />
With these functions it is possible to determine which region is influenced by a perturbation<br />
<strong>and</strong> which region influences a given point after a given time.<br />
In particular it can be said that if c< u the information will not be able to spread in<br />
upstream direction, thus the condition in a point cannot influence any upstream point, <strong>and</strong> a<br />
point cannot receive any information from downstream. This is the case for a supercritical<br />
flow.<br />
In contrast, if c > u, which is the case for sub-critical flow, the information spreads in both<br />
directions, upstream <strong>and</strong> downstream. This fact substantiates the necessity <strong>and</strong> usefulness<br />
of information at the boundaries. As there are two equations to solve, two variables are<br />
needed for the solution.<br />
If the flow conditions are sub-critical, the flow is influenced from downstream. Thus at the<br />
inflow boundary one condition can be taken from the flow region itself <strong>and</strong> only one<br />
additional boundary condition is needed. At the outflow boundary, the flow is influenced<br />
from outside <strong>and</strong> so one boundary condition is needed.<br />
If the flow is supercritical, no information arrives from downstream. Therefore, two<br />
boundary conditions are needed at the inflow end. In contrast, as it cannot influence the<br />
flow within the computational domain, it is not useful to have a boundary condition at the<br />
downstream end.<br />
Number of boundary conditions<br />
Flow type Inflow Outflow<br />
Sub critical flow ( Fr < 1) 1 2<br />
Supercritical flow ( Fr > 1 )<br />
1 0<br />
Tab. 1: Number of needed boundary conditions<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich R I - 1.1-7<br />
Version 9/28/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
MATHEMATICAL MODELS<br />
At the inflow boundary the given value is usually Q . If the flow is supercritical the second<br />
variable A is determined by a flow resistance law (slope is needed!).<br />
At the outflow boundary there are several possibilities to provide the necessary information<br />
at the boundary:<br />
- determine an out flowing discharge by a weir or a gate;<br />
- set the water surface elevation as a function of time;<br />
- set the water surface elevation as a function of the discharge (rating curve).<br />
R I - 1.1-8<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />
Version 9/28/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
MATHEMATICAL MODELS<br />
1.2 Shallow Water Equations<br />
1.2.1 Introduction<br />
Mathematical models of the so-called shallow water type govern a wide variety of physical<br />
phenomena. An important class of problems of practical interest involves water flows with a<br />
free surface under the influence of gravity. It includes:<br />
- Tides in oceans<br />
- Flood waves in rivers<br />
- Dam break waves<br />
A key assumption made in derivation of the approximate shallow water theory concerns the<br />
pressure distribution. Supposing that the vertical velocity acceleration of water particles is<br />
negligible, a hydrostatic pressure distribution can be assumed. This eventually allows for a<br />
integration over the flow depth, which results in a non-linear initial value problem, namely<br />
the shallow water equations. They form a time-dependent two-dimensional system of nonlinear<br />
partial differential equations of hyperbolic type.<br />
There are two approaches for the derivation of shallow water equations:<br />
- Integrating the three-dimensional system of Navier-Stokes equations over the<br />
depth<br />
- Direct approach by considering a three-dimensional control volume element of<br />
fluid<br />
Note, that for reason of simplicity, the shallow water equations will from here on be<br />
abbreviated as SWE.<br />
Using the first method <strong>and</strong> imposing the following boundary conditions:<br />
1) At the top of water surface:<br />
Kinetic boundary condition:<br />
∂zs<br />
∂zs<br />
∂z wS = + uS + v s<br />
S<br />
∂t<br />
∂x<br />
∂y<br />
(RI-1.28)<br />
Dynamic boundary condition:<br />
( )<br />
τ = τ , τ <strong>and</strong> P =P<br />
(RI-1.29)<br />
Sx Sy atm<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich R I - 1.2-1<br />
Version 9/28/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
MATHEMATICAL MODELS<br />
2) At the bottom of water body:<br />
Kinetic boundary condition:<br />
∂zB<br />
∂zB<br />
wB = uB + vB<br />
∂x<br />
∂y<br />
(RI-1.30)<br />
The set of SWE can be derived in the form:<br />
( uh) ( vh)<br />
∂ ζ ∂ ∂<br />
+ +<br />
∂t ∂x ∂y<br />
= 0<br />
(RI-1.31)<br />
∂u ∂u ∂u ⎛∂Z B<br />
∂h⎞<br />
1 τ<br />
+ u + v + g<br />
Bx<br />
⎜ + ⎟=−<br />
∂t ∂x ∂y ⎝ ∂x ∂x⎠<br />
h ρ<br />
∂v ∂v ∂v ⎛∂Z B<br />
∂h⎞<br />
1 τ By<br />
+ u + v + g⎜<br />
+ ⎟=−<br />
∂t ∂x ∂y ⎝ ∂y ∂y⎠<br />
h ρ<br />
(RI-1.32)<br />
(RI-1.33)<br />
where: h [m] water depth<br />
g [m/s 2 ] gravity acceleration<br />
P [Pa] pressure<br />
u [m/s] depth averaged velocity in x direction<br />
u S<br />
[m/s] velocity in x direction at water surface;<br />
u B<br />
[m/s] velocity in x direction at bottom (usually equal zero)<br />
v [m/s] depth averaged velocity in y direction<br />
v S<br />
[m/s] velocity in y direction at water surface<br />
v B<br />
[m/s] velocity in y direction at bottom (usually equal zero)<br />
w S<br />
[m/s] velocity in z direction at water surface<br />
w B<br />
[m/s] velocity in z direction at bottom (usually equal zero)<br />
w B<br />
[m] velocity in z direction at bottom (usually equal zero)<br />
z B<br />
[m] bottom elevation<br />
z<br />
s<br />
[m] water surface elevation<br />
τ<br />
Sx ,<br />
[N/m 2 ] surface stress in x direction such as wind stress<br />
τ<br />
S,<br />
y<br />
[N/m 2 ] surface stress in y direction such as wind stress<br />
τ<br />
Bx ,<br />
[N/m 2 ] bottom stress in x direction<br />
τ [N/m 2 ] bottom stress in y direction<br />
By ,<br />
For brevity, the over bars indicating depth averaged values will be dropped from<br />
from here on.<br />
u<br />
<strong>and</strong> v<br />
R I - 1.2-2<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />
Version 9/28/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
MATHEMATICAL MODELS<br />
1.2.2 Conservative Form of SWE<br />
Various forms of SWE can be distinguished with their primitive variables. The proper choice<br />
of these variables <strong>and</strong> the corresponding set of equations plays an extremely important role<br />
in numerical modelling. It is well known that the conservative form is preferred over the<br />
non-conservative one if strong changes or discontinuities in a solution are to be expected. In<br />
flooding <strong>and</strong> dam break problems, this is usually the case.<br />
(Bechteler, Nujić et al. 1993) showed that the equation sets in conservative form, with<br />
( huhvh , , ) as independent <strong>and</strong> primitive variables produce best results. The conservative<br />
form can be derived by multiplying the continuity equation with u <strong>and</strong> v <strong>and</strong> adding to<br />
momentum equations in x <strong>and</strong> y direction respectively. This set of equations can be written<br />
in the following form:<br />
( )<br />
U +∇⋅ F,<br />
G + S = 0<br />
(RI-1.34)<br />
t<br />
S<br />
where U,<br />
Q <strong>and</strong> are the vectors of primitive variables, fluxes in the x <strong>and</strong> y directions<br />
<strong>and</strong> sources respectively, given by:<br />
⎛ζ<br />
⎞<br />
⎜ ⎟<br />
U = uh<br />
⎜vh<br />
⎟<br />
⎝ ⎠<br />
⎛ ⎞ ⎛ ⎞<br />
⎜ uh ⎟ ⎜ uh ⎟<br />
⎜ ⎟ ⎜ ⎟<br />
2 1 2 ∂u<br />
2 1 2 ∂u<br />
F= ⎜uh+ gh − νh ⎟;<br />
G = ⎜uh+ gh −νh<br />
⎟ (RI-1.35)<br />
⎜ 2 ∂x<br />
⎟ ⎜ 2 ∂x<br />
⎟<br />
⎜<br />
v<br />
⎟ ⎜<br />
v<br />
⎟<br />
⎜<br />
∂<br />
∂<br />
uvh −νh ⎟ ⎜ uvh −νh<br />
⎟<br />
⎝ ∂x<br />
⎠ ⎝ ∂x<br />
⎠<br />
⎛ 0<br />
⎜<br />
S = ⎜gh S −<br />
⎜<br />
⎜<br />
⎝<br />
gh S<br />
( fx<br />
SBx<br />
)<br />
( fy<br />
− SBy<br />
)<br />
⎞<br />
⎟<br />
⎟<br />
⎟<br />
⎟<br />
⎠<br />
where:<br />
*<br />
ν is the isotropic eddy viscosity computed as ν = ν0 + cUh<br />
μ<br />
. ν<br />
0<br />
= base kinematic eddy<br />
viscosity <strong>and</strong> c μ<br />
= dimensionless coefficient.<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich R I - 1.2-3<br />
Version 9/28/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
MATHEMATICAL MODELS<br />
1.2.3 Source Tems<br />
Eqation (RI-1.36) has two source terms, bed stress ( τ<br />
B<br />
= ghS f<br />
) <strong>and</strong> bed slope terms<br />
( ghS B<br />
).<br />
The bed stress is the most important physical parameter besides water depth <strong>and</strong> velocity<br />
field of a hydro- <strong>and</strong> morphodynamic model. It causes the turbulence <strong>and</strong> is responsible for<br />
sediment transport <strong>and</strong> has a non-linear effect of retarding the flow. When the effect of<br />
turbulence grows, the effect of molecular viscosity becomes relatively smaller, while viscous<br />
boundary layer near a solid boundary becomes thinner <strong>and</strong> may even appear not to exist. It<br />
means that the bed stress (friction) is equal to the bed turbulent stress.<br />
(Pr<strong>and</strong>tl 1942) has obtained the following relation for τ<br />
B<br />
with assumption of logarithmic law<br />
for vertical velocity profile:<br />
τ<br />
uz ( ) − uz ( )<br />
1 2<br />
B<br />
= κ<br />
log<br />
2 1<br />
( z z )<br />
where κ = von Karman constant; z = height above bottom.<br />
(RI-1.37)<br />
However, bed stress is usually estimated by using an empirical or semi-empirical formula<br />
since the vertical distribution of velocity cannot be readily obtained.<br />
In the one dimensional system of equations the term bed stress can be expressed as<br />
gRS<br />
f<br />
, where S<br />
f<br />
denotes the energy slope. Assuming that the frictional force in a two<br />
dimensional unsteady open flow can be estimated by referring to the formulas for one<br />
dimensional flows in open channel, e.g. by Manning’s Formula, it can be written:<br />
S<br />
f<br />
2<br />
nuu<br />
4 3<br />
= (RI-1.38)<br />
R<br />
where u = velocity; n = Manning’s factor; R = hydraulic radius. It can be easily seen that<br />
the above formula can be approximately generalized to the two dimensional system. In onedimensional<br />
flows it is not distinguished between bottom <strong>and</strong> lateral (side wall) friction,<br />
while in two dimensional flows it is often taken a unit width channel ( R = h). For the two<br />
dimensional system the Equation (RI-1.38) has the following forms<br />
fx<br />
4 4<br />
2 2 2 3 2 2 2<br />
;<br />
fy<br />
3<br />
S = n u u + v h S = n v u + v h<br />
(RI-1.39)<br />
The bed stress terms need additional closures equation (see chapter 1.2.5) to be<br />
determined. Here we used the Manning’s formula.<br />
Bed slope terms represent the gravity forces<br />
Bx ,<br />
=−∂<br />
B<br />
∂ ;<br />
By ,<br />
S z x<br />
S =−∂z ∂ y<br />
(RI-1.40)<br />
B<br />
R I - 1.2-4<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />
Version 9/28/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
MATHEMATICAL MODELS<br />
1.2.4 Boundary Conditions<br />
SWE provide a model to describe dynamic fluid processes of various natural phenomena<br />
<strong>and</strong> find therefore widespread application in science <strong>and</strong> engineering. Solving SWE needs<br />
the appropriate boundary conditions like any other partial differential equations. In particular,<br />
the issue of which kind of boundary conditions are allowed is still not completely understood<br />
(Agoshkov, Quarteroni et al. 1994). However several sets of boundary conditions of physical<br />
interest that are admissible from the mathematical viewpoint will be discussed here.<br />
The physical boundaries can be divided into two sets: one closed ( Γ<br />
c<br />
), the other open ( Γ<br />
o<br />
)<br />
(Fig. 2). The former generally expresses that no mass can flow through the boundary. The<br />
latter is an imaginary fluid-fluid boundary <strong>and</strong> includes two different inflow <strong>and</strong> outflow<br />
types.<br />
1.2.4.1 Closed Boundary<br />
The following relations are often described on the closed boundary, say<br />
∂u<br />
ρun<br />
⋅ = 0; = 0<br />
∂n<br />
where n [m] the normal (directed outward) unit vector on<br />
u [m/s] velocity vector = ( uv , )<br />
Γ<br />
c<br />
Γ<br />
c<br />
:<br />
(RI-1.41)<br />
Fig. 2: Computational Domain <strong>and</strong> Boundaries<br />
1.2.4.2 Open Boundary<br />
The number of boundaries of a partial differential equations system depends on the type of<br />
the system. From the mathematical point of view, the SWE establish a quasi-linear<br />
hyperbolic differential equations system. If the temporal derivatives vanish, the system is<br />
elliptical for Fr<br />
≤1.0<br />
<strong>and</strong> hyperbolical for Fr<br />
≥1.0<br />
, where Fr<br />
is Froude number.<br />
On the open boundary ( Γ o<br />
) the two types inflow <strong>and</strong> outflow can be respectively<br />
distinguished as follows:<br />
Γ = ( x ∈Γ ; 0<br />
un ⋅ < )<br />
in<br />
0 (RI-1.42)<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich R I - 1.2-5<br />
Version 9/28/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
MATHEMATICAL MODELS<br />
Γ = ( x∈Γ ; 0<br />
⋅ ><br />
out<br />
0)<br />
un (RI-1.43)<br />
Based on the behaviour of the system of equations, the theoretical number of open<br />
boundary conditions is listed in Tab. 2 (Agoshkov, Quarteroni et al. 1994) (Beffa 1994):<br />
Number of boundary conditions<br />
Flow type Inflow Outflow<br />
Sub critical flow ( Fr < 1) 2 1<br />
Supercritical flow ( Fr > 1 )<br />
3 0<br />
Tab. 2: The Correct Number of Boundary Conditions in SWE<br />
However in practical application of boundary conditions, the number of the implemented<br />
conditions is often higher or lower than the theoretical criteria (Nujić 1998).<br />
1.2.5 Closure Conditions<br />
1.2.5.1 Turbulence Closure<br />
The turbulent shear stresses can be quantified in accordance with the Boussinesq eddyviscosity<br />
concept, which can be expressed as<br />
τxx 2 ρν ∂u t<br />
, τ<br />
yy<br />
2 ρν ∂v t<br />
, τ u v<br />
xy<br />
ρν ⎛∂<br />
∂<br />
= = = ⎞<br />
t ⎜ + ⎟<br />
∂x ∂y ⎝∂y<br />
∂x⎠<br />
(RI-1.44)<br />
If the flow is dominated by the friction forces, the turbulent kinematic viscosity is<br />
ν = κuh<br />
with the friction velocity u*<br />
= τ ρ .<br />
t<br />
*<br />
6<br />
1.2.5.2 Bed Stress<br />
The bed shear stresses are related to the depth–averaged velocities by the quadratic friction<br />
law<br />
u u u v<br />
τ ρ τ ρ<br />
bx<br />
= ,<br />
2 by<br />
=<br />
2<br />
cf<br />
cf<br />
= u + v<br />
(RI-1.45)<br />
2 2<br />
in which u is the magnitude of the velocity vector. The friction coefficient c<br />
f<br />
can be determined by any friction law.<br />
R I - 1.2-6<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />
Version 9/28/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
MATHEMATICAL MODELS<br />
2 <strong>Sediment</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Pollutant</strong> <strong>Transport</strong><br />
2.1 Suspended <strong>Sediment</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Pollutant</strong> <strong>Transport</strong><br />
2.1.1 Addvection-Diffusion-Equation<br />
According to the number of pollutant species or grain size classes, ng advection-diffusion<br />
equations for transport of the suspended material are provided as follows:<br />
∂ ∂ ⎛ ∂Cg<br />
⎞ ∂ ⎛ ∂Cg<br />
⎞<br />
Ch<br />
g<br />
+ ⎜Cq g<br />
−hΓ ⎟+ ⎜Cr g<br />
−hΓ ⎟− Sg<br />
= 0 forg=<br />
1,..., ng<br />
∂t ∂x⎝ ∂x ⎠ ∂y⎝ ∂y<br />
⎠<br />
where<br />
C<br />
g<br />
is the concentration of each grain size class <strong>and</strong> Γ is the eddy diffusivity.<br />
(RI-2.1)<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich R I - 2.1-1<br />
Version 9/28/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
MATHEMATICAL MODELS<br />
This page has been intentionally left blank.<br />
R I - 2.1-2<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />
Version 9/28/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
MATHEMATICAL MODELS<br />
2.2 Bed Load <strong>Transport</strong><br />
2.2.1 Introduction<br />
The bed load flux in x direction is composed of three parts (an analogous relation exists in y<br />
direction):<br />
q = q + q + q<br />
Bg , x Bg, xx Bg, xy Bg,<br />
gravx<br />
q q B , xy<br />
(RI-2.2)<br />
where<br />
B<br />
= bed load transport due to flow in x direction, = lateral transport due to<br />
g , xx<br />
g<br />
bed load transport in y direction <strong>and</strong> q<br />
Bg<br />
, grav<br />
= pure gravity induced transport (e.g. due to<br />
x<br />
collapse of a side slope).<br />
2.2.2 Bed Material Sorting<br />
For each fractio g mass conservation equation can be written, the so called “bed-material<br />
sorting equation”:<br />
∂ ∂q<br />
∂qBg y<br />
1− p<br />
g<br />
⋅ hm + + + Sg −Sfg<br />
− YX = 0 for g = 1,..., ng<br />
∂t ∂x ∂y<br />
Bg, x<br />
,<br />
( ) ( β )<br />
(RI-2.3)<br />
where p = porosity of bed material (assumed to be constant), ( qBg, x,<br />
qBg,<br />
y) =<br />
components of total bed load flux per unit width, Sf<br />
g<br />
= flux through the bottom of the<br />
active layer due to its movement <strong>and</strong> Sl<br />
g<br />
= source term to specify a local input or output of<br />
material (e.g. rock fall, dredging).<br />
2.2.3 Mass Conservation<br />
Finally, the global bed material conservation equation is obtained by adding up the masses<br />
of all sediment material layers between the bed surface <strong>and</strong> a reference level for all<br />
fractions (Exner-equation) directly resulting in the elevation change of the actual bed level:<br />
ng<br />
B<br />
Bg, x Bg,<br />
y<br />
−<br />
B<br />
+ ∑ + + S −<br />
t ⎜<br />
g<br />
Sl<br />
g<br />
= 0<br />
∂ g = 1 ∂x ∂y<br />
⎟<br />
( 1 p )<br />
∂z<br />
⎛∂q<br />
⎝<br />
∂q<br />
⎞<br />
⎠<br />
(RI-2.4)<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich R I - 2.2-1<br />
Version 9/28/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
MATHEMATICAL MODELS<br />
2.2.4 Bottom Shear stress <strong>and</strong> Motion Threshold<br />
The critical shear stress τ θ ( ρ ρ)<br />
= −<br />
g<br />
is the threshold for the initiation of motion<br />
of the grain class g <strong>and</strong> is derived from the according Shields parameter θ<br />
cr<br />
, which is a<br />
*<br />
function of the shear Reynolds number Re see (Shields 1936). Meyer-Peter <strong>and</strong> Müller<br />
(1948) proposed a constant Shields parameter of 0.047 for the fully turbulent area<br />
* 3 *<br />
*<br />
( Re > 10 ). For smaller values of Re , the Shields parameter θ<br />
cr<br />
= f ( D ) is evaluated as<br />
*<br />
function of the dimensionless grain diameter D according to (Van Rijn 1984) (see Fig. 3).<br />
Bcr<br />
cr s<br />
gd<br />
Fig. 3: Determination of critical shear stress for a given grain diameter<br />
R I - 2.2-2<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />
Version 9/28/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
MATHEMATICAL MODELS<br />
2.2.5 Closures for Bed Load <strong>Transport</strong><br />
Bed load transport is evaluated as follows<br />
q<br />
,<br />
= β q ( ξ ) ⋅e (RI-2.5)<br />
Bg<br />
x g Bg<br />
g x<br />
Approaches for the bed load discharge q ( ξ ) with or without the consideration of the<br />
hiding factor ξ are discussed in following section.<br />
g<br />
Bg<br />
g<br />
2.2.5.1 <strong>Transport</strong> Laws<br />
The specific bed load discharge<br />
equation.<br />
th<br />
q of the grain class has to be evaluated by a suitable<br />
B g<br />
g<br />
2.2.5.1.1 Meyer-Peter <strong>and</strong> Müller (MPM)<br />
The (Meyer-Peter <strong>and</strong> Müller 1948) formula can be written as follows:<br />
q B g<br />
3 2<br />
B<br />
−τB , 1<br />
cr g<br />
⎛τ<br />
⎞ ⎛ ⎞<br />
= ⎜ ⎟ ⎜ ⎟<br />
⎝ 0.25 ρ ⎠ ⎝( s−1)<br />
g ⎠<br />
Herein, τ<br />
B<br />
is the shear stress induced by the flow <strong>and</strong><br />
coefficient.<br />
(RI-2.6)<br />
s = ρs<br />
ρ the sediment density<br />
2.2.5.1.2 Parker<br />
(Parker 1990) has extended his empirical substrate-based bedload relation for gravel<br />
mixtures (Parker, Klingeman et al. 1982), which was developed solely with reference to field<br />
data <strong>and</strong> suitable for near equilibrium mobile bed conditions, into a surfaced-based relation.<br />
The new relation is proper for the nonequilibrium processes.<br />
Based on the fact that the rough equality of bedlaod <strong>and</strong> substrate size distribution is<br />
attained by means of selective transport of surface material <strong>and</strong> the surface material is the<br />
source for bedlaod, Parker has developed the new relation based on the surface material.<br />
An important assumption in deriving the new relation is suspension cutoff size. He suppose<br />
that during flow conditions at which significant amounts of gravel are moved, it is commonly<br />
(but not universally) found that the s<strong>and</strong> moves essentially in suspension (1-6 mm). There<br />
for he has excluded s<strong>and</strong> from his analysis. In his free access Excel file, he has explicitly<br />
emphasised that the formula is valid only for the size larger than 2 mm.<br />
Regarding to the Oak Creek data, the original relation predicted 13% of the bedload as s<strong>and</strong>.<br />
For consistency it has to be corrected for the exclusion of s<strong>and</strong> <strong>and</strong> finer material.<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich R I - 2.2-3<br />
Version 9/28/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
MATHEMATICAL MODELS<br />
W<br />
0.00218 G⎡ξωφ<br />
= ⎣ ⎦ ; *<br />
Wsi<br />
( τ ρ)<br />
*<br />
si s sg 0<br />
where<br />
⎤<br />
Rgqbi<br />
= (RI-2.7)<br />
3/2<br />
F<br />
i<br />
ξ<br />
⎛ d<br />
⎞<br />
i<br />
s<br />
= ⎜<br />
d ⎟<br />
g<br />
⎝<br />
⎠<br />
−0.0951<br />
;<br />
φ<br />
τ<br />
*<br />
sg<br />
50 *<br />
τ<br />
rsg 0<br />
= ;<br />
τ<br />
*<br />
sg<br />
τ<br />
ρRgd g<br />
= ;<br />
*<br />
τ<br />
rsg 0<br />
= 0.0386<br />
σ<br />
⎡ln<br />
( d )<br />
⎡<br />
0( sg 0)<br />
⎤<br />
( φsg<br />
)<br />
⎣ ⎦ ; i<br />
dg<br />
σ Fi<br />
⎢ ln ( 2)<br />
ω = 1+ ω φ −1<br />
σ<br />
0 0<br />
⎤<br />
= ∑ ⎢ ⎥ ;<br />
⎣ ⎥⎦<br />
2<br />
dg<br />
= e ∑<br />
Filn( di)<br />
ξ<br />
s<br />
is a “reduced” hiding function <strong>and</strong> differs from the one of Einstein. The Einstein hiding<br />
factor adjusts the mobility of each grain d i in a mixture relative to the value that would be<br />
realized if the bed were covered with uniform material of size d i . The new function adjusts<br />
the mobility of each grain d i relative to the d 50 or d g , where d g denotes the surface geometric<br />
mean size.<br />
Although the above formulation does not contain a critical shields stress, the reference<br />
Schields stress τ * rsg 0<br />
makes up for it, in that transport rates are exceedingly small for<br />
* *<br />
τ<br />
sg<br />
< τ<br />
rsg 0<br />
. Regarding to the fact that parker’s relation is based on field data <strong>and</strong> field data<br />
are often in case of low flow rates, the relation calculates low bedload rates (Marti 2006).<br />
2.2.5.2 Hunziker (MPM-H)<br />
To map transport processes of mixed sediments <strong>and</strong> to calculate according bed load<br />
discharge, corrections or special formulas for graded sediments have to be applied. Besides<br />
the ability to model grain sorting in the active layer, the exposure of bigger grains to the flow<br />
<strong>and</strong> the involved shielding of fine sediments, the so called hiding effect has to be<br />
considered.<br />
A special formula for the fractional transport of graded sediments was proposed by<br />
(Hunziker 1995):<br />
q<br />
( ) 3 2<br />
⎤<br />
= 5 β ⎡<br />
⎣<br />
ξ θ −θ<br />
⎦<br />
( s−1)gd<br />
' 3<br />
Bg<br />
g g dms cdms ms<br />
)<br />
(RI-2.8)<br />
'<br />
The additional shear stress ( θdms<br />
−θcdms<br />
regarding the mean grain size of the bed surface<br />
material is corrected by a corresponding hiding factor:<br />
ξ<br />
−α<br />
⎛ d<br />
g ⎞<br />
g<br />
= ⎜ ⎟<br />
dms<br />
⎝<br />
⎠<br />
(RI-2.9)<br />
where dms<br />
denotes the mean diameter of the active layer <strong>and</strong> α is an empirical parameter<br />
which depends on the dimensionless shear stress of the mixture (see also (Hunziker <strong>and</strong><br />
Jaeggi 2002)).<br />
R I - 2.2-4<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />
Version 9/28/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
MATHEMATICAL MODELS<br />
2.2.5.3 Günter’s two grains model<br />
(Günter 1971) suggested a two grains model, in order to be able to consider the armoured<br />
layer forming in case of the simulation with one grain size. Based on his formulation, the<br />
upper limit of the discharge of the armoured layer (Q D ) can be calculated, for which the<br />
armoured layer resists it. If the discharge is smaller than Q D , then no material will be eroded<br />
from the bed, but the input bedload from the upstream can be transported into the<br />
downstream.<br />
Using the formulation of Günter one obtains<br />
RSf<br />
d<br />
θ ⎛ ⎞<br />
s− d ⎝ d ⎠<br />
( 1)<br />
90<br />
><br />
c ⎜ ⎟<br />
m<br />
m<br />
0.67<br />
Where R denotes hydraulic radius, S f is energy slope, d m is grain size, d 90 is armoured layer<br />
grain size <strong>and</strong> θ<br />
c<br />
denotes the critical Shield’s parameter for the grain size (d m ).<br />
(Hunziker <strong>and</strong> Jaeggi 1988) analysed Günter’s relation <strong>and</strong> concluded that it should not be<br />
always used. If there are aggradations on an armoured layer, then it should be possible to<br />
transport the material. In this case, the elevation of the armoured layer has to be saved <strong>and</strong><br />
compared with the new bed elevation.<br />
2.2.6 Source Terms<br />
The exchange of sediment particles between the active layer <strong>and</strong> the underlying sublayer<br />
made up of material with size fractions β is expressed by the source term:<br />
g<br />
S g<br />
∂<br />
Sfg<br />
=−(1 −p) (( zB<br />
−hm) β )<br />
∂t<br />
with β = β in case of aggradation (active layer is rising) <strong>and</strong> β = β Sg<br />
in case of erosion.<br />
(RI-2.10)<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich R I - 2.2-5<br />
Version 9/28/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
MATHEMATICAL MODELS<br />
This page has been intentionally left blank.<br />
R I - 2.2-6<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />
Version 9/28/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
MATHEMATICAL MODELS<br />
2.3 Lateral <strong>Transport</strong><br />
The lateral transport occurring on a transverse bed slope is determined according to the<br />
approach of (Ikeda 1982):<br />
q<br />
⎛<br />
τ<br />
Bcr<br />
, g<br />
B ,<br />
1.5<br />
g xy<br />
= Sx ⎜<br />
B yy<br />
τ<br />
Bx , ⎟<br />
g,<br />
⎝<br />
⎞<br />
⎠<br />
q (RI-2.11)<br />
q<br />
where: S<br />
x<br />
= bed slope in x direction,<br />
B ,<br />
= bed load of fraction in y direction <strong>and</strong><br />
g yy<br />
g<br />
τ = critical shear stress of the individual grain class.<br />
Bcr<br />
, g<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich R I - 2.3-1<br />
Version 9/28/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
MATHEMATICAL MODELS<br />
This page has been intentionally left blank.<br />
R I - 2.3-2<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />
Version 9/28/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
MATHEMATICAL MODELS<br />
References<br />
Agoshkov, V. I., A. Quarteroni, et al. (1994). "Recent Developments in the Numerical-<br />
Simulation of Shallow-Water Equations .1. Boundary-Conditions." Applied Numerical<br />
Mathematics 15(2): 175-200.<br />
Bechteler, W., M. Nujić, et al. (1993). Program Package “FLOODSIM“ <strong>and</strong> ist Application.<br />
Beffa, C. J. (1994). Praktische Lösung der tiefengemittelten Flchwassergleichungen.<br />
Versuchsanstalt für Wasserbau,Hydrologie und Glaziologie (VAW). Zürich, <strong>ETH</strong><br />
Zürich.<br />
Chaudhry, M. H. (1993). Open-Channel Flow. Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey, Prentice Hall.<br />
Cunge, J. A., F. M. J. Holly, et al. (1980). Practical aspects of computational river hydraulics.<br />
London, Pitman.<br />
Günter, A. (1971). Die kritische mittlere Sohlenschubspannung bei Geschiebemischung<br />
unter Berücksichtigung der Deckscichtbildung und der turbulenzbedingten<br />
Sohlenschubspannungsschwankungen. Versuchsanstalt für Wasserbau,Hydrologie<br />
und Glaziologie (VAW). Zürich, <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich.<br />
Hunziker, R. P. (1995). Fraktionsweiser Geschiebetransport. Versuchsanstalt für<br />
Wasserbau,Hydrologie und Glaziologie (VAW). Zürich, <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich.<br />
Hunziker, R. P. <strong>and</strong> M. N. R. Jaeggi (1988). Numerische Simulation des Geschiebehaushalts<br />
der Emme. Interprävent, Graz.<br />
Hunziker, R. P. <strong>and</strong> M. N. R. Jaeggi (2002). "Grain sorting processes." Journal of Hydraulic<br />
Engineering-Asce 128(12): 1060-1068.<br />
Ikeda, S. (1982). "Lateral Bed-Load <strong>Transport</strong> on Side Slopes." Journal of the Hydraulics<br />
Division-Asce 108(11): 1369-1373.<br />
Marti, C. (2006). Morphologie von verzweigten Gerinnen Ansätze zur Abfluss-,<br />
Geschiebetransport und Kolktiefenberechnung. Versuchsanstalt für<br />
Wasserbau,Hydrologie und Glaziologie (VAW). Zürich, <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich.<br />
Meyer-Peter, E. <strong>and</strong> R. Müller (1948). Formulas for Bed-Load <strong>Transport</strong>. 2nd Meeting IAHR,<br />
Stockholm, Sweden, IAHR.<br />
Nujić, M. (1998). Praktischer Einsatz eines hochgenauen Verfahrens für die Berechnung von<br />
tiefengemittelten Strömungen. Institut für Wasserwesen. München, Universität der<br />
Bundeswehr München.<br />
Parker, G. (1990). "Surface-based bedload transport relation for gravel rivers." Journal of<br />
Hydraulic Reasearch 28(4): 417-436.<br />
Parker, G., P. C. Klingeman, et al. (1982). "Bedlaod <strong>and</strong> size distribution in paved gravel-bed<br />
streams." Journal of Hydraulic Division, ASCE(108): 544-571.<br />
Pr<strong>and</strong>tl, L. (1942). "Comments on the theory of free turbulence." Zeitschrift Fur Angew<strong>and</strong>te<br />
Mathematik Und Mechanik 22: 241-243.<br />
Shields, A. (1936). Anwendungen der Ähnlichkeitsmechanik und der Turbulenzforschung auf<br />
die Geschiebebewegungen. Preussische Versuchsanstalt für Wasserbau und<br />
Schiffbau. Berlin, Deutschl<strong>and</strong>.<br />
Van Rijn, L. C. (1984). "<strong>Sediment</strong> <strong>Transport</strong>, Part II: Suspended Load <strong>Transport</strong>." Journal of<br />
Hydraulic Engineering, ASCE 110(11).<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />
Version 9/28/2006<br />
R I - References
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
NUMERICS KERNEL<br />
Table of Contents<br />
1 General View ....................................................................................... 1-1<br />
2 Methods for Solving the Flow Equations<br />
2.1 Fundamentals .................................................................................................... 2.1-1<br />
2.1.1 Finite Volume Method.................................................................................. 2.1-1<br />
2.1.2 The Riemann Problem.................................................................................. 2.1-3<br />
2.1.3 Riemann Solvers........................................................................................... 2.1-4<br />
2.2 Saint-Venant Equations .................................................................................... 2.2-1<br />
2.2.1 Spatial Discretization .................................................................................... 2.2-1<br />
2.2.2 Discrete Form of Equations.......................................................................... 2.2-1<br />
2.2.3 Discretisation of Source Terms .................................................................... 2.2-2<br />
2.2.4 Discretisation of Boundary conditions.......................................................... 2.2-7<br />
2.2.5 Solution Procedure ....................................................................................... 2.2-9<br />
2.3 Shallow Water Equations ................................................................................. 2.3-1<br />
2.3.1 Discrete Form of Equations.......................................................................... 2.3-1<br />
2.3.2 Discretization of Source Terms .................................................................... 2.3-4<br />
2.3.3 Discretization of Boundary Conditions ......................................................... 2.3-8<br />
2.3.4 Solution Procedure ..................................................................................... 2.3-12<br />
3 Solution of <strong>Sediment</strong> <strong>Transport</strong> Equations<br />
3.1 General Vertical Partition ................................................................................. 3.1-1<br />
3.1.1 Vertical Discretization ................................................................................... 3.1-1<br />
3.1.2 Determination of Layer Thickness................................................................ 3.1-2<br />
3.2 One Dimensional <strong>Sediment</strong> <strong>Transport</strong>............................................................ 3.2-1<br />
3.2.1 Spatial Discretisation .................................................................................... 3.2-1<br />
3.2.2 Discrete form of equations........................................................................... 3.2-2<br />
3.2.3 Solution Procedure ....................................................................................... 3.2-9<br />
3.3 Two Dimensional <strong>Sediment</strong> <strong>Transport</strong> ........................................................... 3.3-1<br />
3.3.1 Spatial Discretization .................................................................................... 3.3-1<br />
3.3.2 Discrete Form of Equations.......................................................................... 3.3-1<br />
3.3.3 Solution Procedure ....................................................................................... 3.3-2<br />
4 Time Discretization <strong>and</strong> Stability Issues<br />
4.1 Explicit Schemes................................................................................................ 4.1-1<br />
4.1.1 Euler First Order ........................................................................................... 4.1-1<br />
4.2 Determination of Time Step Size..................................................................... 4.2-1<br />
4.2.1 Hydrodynamic............................................................................................... 4.2-1<br />
4.2.2 <strong>Sediment</strong> <strong>Transport</strong> ...................................................................................... 4.2-1<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />
Version 9/26/2006<br />
R II - i
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
NUMERICS KERNEL<br />
List of Figures<br />
Fig. 1: Triangular Finite Elements of a Two-Dimensional Domain..............................................2.1-1<br />
Fig. 2: Two-Dimensional Finite Volume Mesh: (a) Cell Centered mesh (b) Cell Vertex mesh.....2.1-2<br />
Fig. 3: Initial Data for Riemann Problem .....................................................................................2.1-3<br />
Fig. 4: Possible Wave Patterns in the Solution of Riemann Problem (5-5)...................................2.1-4<br />
Fig. 5: Piecewise constant data of Godunov upwind method ........................................................2.1-5<br />
Fig. 6: Definition sketch.................................................................................................................2.2-1<br />
Fig. 7: Simple cross section ...........................................................................................................2.2-4<br />
Fig. 8: Conveyance computation of a channel with a flat zone .....................................................2.2-4<br />
Fig. 9: Cross section with flood plains <strong>and</strong> main channel.............................................................2.2-5<br />
Fig. 10: Cross section with definition of a bed ................................................................................2.2-5<br />
Fig. 11: Cross section with flood plains <strong>and</strong> definition of a bed bottom .........................................2.2-6<br />
Fig. 12: Geometry of a Computational Cell Ω i<br />
in FV ...................................................................2.3-2<br />
Fig. 13: A Triangular Cell ...............................................................................................................2.3-5<br />
Fig. 14: Water volume over a cell....................................................................................................2.3-6<br />
Fig. 15: Partially wet cell ................................................................................................................2.3-7<br />
Fig. 16: Flow over a weir ..............................................................................................................2.3-10<br />
Fig. 17: Outlet cross section with a weir .......................................................................................2.3-10<br />
Fig. 18: Schematic representation of a mesh with dry, partial wet <strong>and</strong> wet elements ...................2.3-11<br />
Fig. 19: Wetting process of a element............................................................................................2.3-12<br />
Fig. 20: The logical flow of data through BASEplane...................................................................2.3-13<br />
Fig. 21: Data flow through the hydrodynamic routine ..................................................................2.3-14<br />
Fig. 22: Data flow through the morphodynmic routine .................................................................2.3-14<br />
Fig. 23: Vertical discretization of a computational cell ..................................................................3.1-1<br />
Fig. 24: Soil discretization in a cross section ..................................................................................3.2-1<br />
Fig. 25: Effect of bed load on cross section geometry .....................................................................3.2-2<br />
Fig. 26: Distribution of sediment area change over the cross section.............................................3.2-7<br />
Fig. 27: Uncoupled asynchronous solution procedure consisting of sequential steps.....................3.3-3<br />
Fig. 28: Composition of the given overall calculation time step<br />
Δ tseq<br />
...........................................3.3-3<br />
R II - ii<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />
Version 9/26/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
NUMERICS KERNEL<br />
II<br />
NUMERICS KERNEL<br />
1 General View<br />
There is great improvement in the development of numerical models for free surface flows<br />
<strong>and</strong> sediment movement in the last decade. The presented number of publications about<br />
these subjects proves this clearly. The SWE <strong>and</strong> the sediment flow equation are a nonlinear,<br />
coupled partial differential equations system. A unique analytical solution is only possible for<br />
idealised <strong>and</strong> simple conditions. For practical cases, it is required to implement the<br />
numerical methods. A numerical solution arises from the discretization of the equations.<br />
There are different methods to discretize the equations such as:<br />
- Finite difference………….(FD)<br />
- Finite volume…………….(FV)<br />
- Finite element…………….(FE)<br />
- Characteristic Method……(CM)<br />
It is normally distinguished between temporal <strong>and</strong> spatial discretization of continuum<br />
equations. The latter can be undertaken on different forms of grids such as Cartesian, nonorthogonal,<br />
structured <strong>and</strong> unstructured, while the former is usually done by a FD scheme in<br />
time direction, which can be explicit or implicit. The explicit method is usually used for<br />
strong unsteady flows.<br />
In FD methods the partial derivations of equations are approximated by using Taylor series.<br />
This method is particularly appropriate for an equidistant Cartesian mesh.<br />
In FV methods; the partial derivations of equations are not directly approximated like in FD<br />
methods. Instead of that, the equations are integrated over a volume, which is defined by<br />
nodes of grids on the mesh. The volume integral terms will be replaced by surface integrals<br />
using the Gauss formula. These surface integrals define the convective <strong>and</strong> diffusive fluxes<br />
through the surfaces. Due to the integration over the volume, the method is fully<br />
conservative. This is an important property of FV methods. It is known that in order to<br />
simulate discontinuous transition phenomena such as flood propagation, one must use<br />
conservative numerical methods. In fact, 40 years ago Lax <strong>and</strong> Wendroff proved<br />
mathematically that conservative numerical methods, if convergent, do converge to the<br />
correct solution of the equations. More recently, Hou <strong>and</strong> LeFloch proved a complementary<br />
theorem, which says that if a non-conservative method is used, then the wrong solution will<br />
be computed, if this contains a discontinuity such as a shock wave (Toro 2001).<br />
The FE methods originated from the structural analysis field as a result of many years of<br />
research, mainly between 1940 <strong>and</strong> 1960. In this method the problem domain is ideally<br />
subdivided into a collection of small regions, of finite dimensions, called finite elements. The<br />
elements have either a triangular or a quadrilateral form (Fig. 1) <strong>and</strong> can be rectilinear or<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich R II - 1-1<br />
Version 9/26/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
NUMERICS KERNEL<br />
curved. After subdivision of the domain, the solution of discrete problem is assumed to have<br />
a prescribed form. This representation of the solution is strongly linked to the geometric<br />
division of sub domains <strong>and</strong> characterized by the prescribed nodal values of the mesh.<br />
These prescribed nodal values must be determined in such way that the partial differential<br />
equations are satisfied. The errors of the assumed prescribed solution are computed over<br />
each element <strong>and</strong> then the error must be minimised over the whole system. One way to do<br />
this is to multiply the error with some weighting function ω ( x,<br />
y)<br />
, integrate over the region<br />
<strong>and</strong> require that this weighted-average error is zero. The finite volume method has been<br />
used in this study; therefore it is explained in more detailed.<br />
In this chapter it will be reviewed how the governing equations comprising the SWE <strong>and</strong> the<br />
bed-updating equation, can be numerically approximated with accuracy. The first section<br />
studies the fundamentals of the applied methods, namely the finite volume method <strong>and</strong><br />
subsequently the hydro- <strong>and</strong> morphodynamic models are discussed. In section on the<br />
hydrodynamic model, the numerical approximate formulation of the SWE, the flux<br />
estimation based on the Riemann problem <strong>and</strong> solver <strong>and</strong> related problems such as<br />
boundary conditions will be analyzed. In the section on morphodynamics, the numerical<br />
detemination of the bed stress <strong>and</strong> the numerical treatment of bed slope stability will be<br />
discussed as well as numerical approximation of the bed-updating equation.<br />
R II - 1-2<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />
Version 9/26/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
NUMERICS KERNEL<br />
2 Methods for Solving the Flow Equations<br />
2.1 Fundamentals<br />
2.1.1 Finite Volume Method<br />
The basic laws of fluid dynamics <strong>and</strong> sediment flow are conservation equations; they are<br />
statements that express the conservation of mass, momentum <strong>and</strong> energy in a volume<br />
enclosed by a surface. Conversion of these laws into partial differential equations requires<br />
sufficient regularity of the solutions.<br />
Fig. 1: Triangular Finite Elements of a Two-Dimensional Domain<br />
This condition of regularity cannot always undoubtedly be guaranteed. The case of occurring<br />
of discontinuities is a situation where an accurate representation of the conservation laws is<br />
important in a numerical method. In other words, it is extremely important that these<br />
conservation equations are accurately represented in their integral form. The most natural<br />
method to achieve this is obviously to discretize the integral form of the equations <strong>and</strong> not<br />
the differential form. This is the basis of the finite volume (FV) method. Actually the finite<br />
volume method is in fact in the classification of the weighted residual method (FE) <strong>and</strong><br />
hence it is conceptually different from the finite difference method. The weighted function<br />
is chosen equal unity in the finite volume method.<br />
In this method, the flow field or domain is subdivided, as in the finite element method, into<br />
a set of non-overlapping cells that cover the whole domain on which the equations are<br />
applied. On each cell the conservation laws are applied to determine the flow variables in<br />
some discrete points of the cells, called nodes, which are at typical locations of the cells<br />
such as cell centres (cell centred mesh) or cell-vertices (cell vertex mesh) (Fig. 2).<br />
Obviously, there is basically considerable freedom in the choice of the cell shapes. They can<br />
be triangular, quadrilateral etc. <strong>and</strong> generate a structured or an unstructured mesh. Due to<br />
this unstructured form ability, very complex geometries can be h<strong>and</strong>led with ease. This is<br />
clearly an important advantage of the method. Additionally the solution on the cell is not<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich R II - 2.1-1<br />
Version 9/26/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
NUMERICS KERNEL<br />
strongly linked to the geometric representation of the domain. This is another important<br />
advantage of the finite volume method in contrast to the finite element method.<br />
Fig. 2: Two-Dimensional Finite Volume Mesh: (a) Cell Centered mesh (b) Cell Vertex mesh<br />
R II - 2.1-2<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />
Version 9/26/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
NUMERICS KERNEL<br />
2.1.2 The Riemann Problem<br />
Formally, the Riemann problem is defined as an initial-value problem (IVP):<br />
( )<br />
Ut<br />
+ Fx<br />
U = 0 ⎫<br />
⎪<br />
⎧UL<br />
∀ x < 0⎬<br />
U ( x,0)<br />
= ⎨<br />
R<br />
∀ x > 0<br />
⎪<br />
⎩U<br />
⎭<br />
(RII-2.1)<br />
Here equations (4-7) <strong>and</strong> (4-8) are considered for the x-split of SWE. The initial states<br />
U with<br />
R<br />
U = L<br />
⎛ hL<br />
⎞<br />
⎜ ⎟<br />
uh<br />
L L<br />
⎜vh<br />
⎟<br />
⎝ L L ⎠<br />
; U = R<br />
⎛ hR<br />
⎞<br />
⎜ ⎟<br />
uh<br />
R R<br />
⎜vh<br />
⎟<br />
⎝ R R⎠<br />
U<br />
L<br />
,<br />
are constant vectors <strong>and</strong> present conditions to the left of axes x = 0 <strong>and</strong> to the right x = 0 ,<br />
respectively (Fig. 3).<br />
U<br />
U L<br />
U R<br />
Fig. 3: Initial Data for Riemann Problem<br />
There are four possible wave patterns that may occur in the solution of the Riemann<br />
problem. These are depicted in Fig. 4. In general, the left <strong>and</strong> right waves are shocks <strong>and</strong><br />
rarefactions, while the middle wave is always a shear wave. A shock is a discontinuity that<br />
travels with Rankine-Hugoniot shock speed. A rarefaction is a smoothly varying solution<br />
which is a function of the variable x/t only <strong>and</strong> exists if the eigenvalues of J =∂F( U)/<br />
∂U<br />
are all real <strong>and</strong> the eigenvectors are complete. The water depth <strong>and</strong> the normal velocity are<br />
both constant across the shear wave, while the tangential velocity component changes<br />
discontinuously. (See Toro (1997) for details about Riemann problem)<br />
By solving the IVP of Riemann (RII-2.1), the desired outward flux ( )<br />
origin of local axes x = 0 <strong>and</strong> the time t = 0 can be obtained.<br />
F U which is at the<br />
Shear Wave<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich R II - 2.1-3<br />
Version 9/26/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
NUMERICS KERNEL<br />
Rarefaction<br />
Shock<br />
Fig. 4: Possible Wave Patterns in the Solution of Riemann Problem (5-5)<br />
2.1.3 Riemann Solvers<br />
An algorithm, which solves the Riemann initial-value problem is called Riemann solver. The<br />
idea of Riemann solver application in numerical methods was used for the first time by<br />
Godunov (1959). He presented a shock-capturing method, which has the ability to resolve<br />
strong wave interaction <strong>and</strong> flows including steep gradients such as bores <strong>and</strong> shear waves.<br />
The so called Godunov type upwind methods originate from the work of Godunov. These<br />
methods have become a mature technology in the aerospace industry <strong>and</strong> in scientific<br />
disciplines, such as astrophysics. The Riemann solver application to SWE is more recent. It<br />
was first attempted by Glaister (1988) as a pioneering attack on shallow water flow<br />
problems in 1d cases.<br />
In the algorithm pioneered by Godunov, the initial data in each cell on either side of an<br />
interface is presented by piecewise constant states with a discontinuity at the cell interface<br />
(Fig. 5). At the interface the Riemann problem is solved exactly. The exact solution in each<br />
cell is then replaced by new piecewise constant approximation. Godunov’s method is<br />
conservative <strong>and</strong> satisfies an entropy condition (Delis et al. 2000). The solution of Godunov<br />
is an exact solution of Riemann problem; however, the exact solution is related to a<br />
simplified problem since the initial data is approximated in each cell.<br />
R II - 2.1-4<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />
Version 9/26/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
NUMERICS KERNEL<br />
Fig. 5: Piecewise constant data of Godunov upwind method<br />
To compute numerical solutions by Godunov type methods, the exact Riemann solver or<br />
approximate Riemann solver can be used. The choice between the exact <strong>and</strong> approximate<br />
Riemann Solvers depends on:<br />
- Computational cost<br />
- Simplicity <strong>and</strong> applicability<br />
- Correctness<br />
Correctness seems to be the overriding criterion; however the applicability can be also very<br />
important. Toro argued that for the shallow water equations, the argument of computational<br />
cost is not as strong as for the Euler equations. For the SWE approximate Riemann solvers<br />
may lead to savings in computation time of the order of 20%, with respect to the exact<br />
Riemann solvers (Toro 2001). However, due to the iterative approach of the exact Riemann<br />
solver on SWE, its implementation of this will be more complicated if some extra equations,<br />
such as dispersion <strong>and</strong> turbulence equations, are solved together with SWE. Since for these<br />
new equations new Riemann solvers are needed, which include new iterative approaches,<br />
complications seem inevitable. Therefore, an approximate solution which retains the<br />
relevant features of the exact solution is desirable. This led to the implementation of<br />
approximate Riemann solvers which are non-iterative <strong>and</strong> therefore, in general, more<br />
efficient than the exact solvers.<br />
Several researchers in aerodynamics have developed approximate Riemann solvers for the<br />
Euler equations, such as Flux Difference Splitting (FDS) by Roe (1981), Flux Vector Splitting<br />
(FVS) by Vanleer (1982) <strong>and</strong> approximate Riemann Solver by Harten et al. (1983); Osher <strong>and</strong><br />
Solomon (1982). The first two approximate Riemann solvers have been frequently used in<br />
aerodynamics as well as in hydrodynamics. The HLL approximate Riemann solver devised<br />
by Harten et al. (1983) is used widely in shallow water models. It is a vector flux splitting<br />
scheme as well as a Godunov-type scheme based on the two-wave assumption. The HLL<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich R II - 2.1-5<br />
Version 9/26/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
NUMERICS KERNEL<br />
solver is very efficient <strong>and</strong> robust for many inviscid applications such as SWE. In addition to<br />
the Exact Riemann solver the HLL solver has been implemented in the code.<br />
R II - 2.1-6<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />
Version 9/26/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
NUMERICS KERNEL<br />
2.2 Saint-Venant Equations<br />
2.2.1 Spatial Discretization<br />
The time discretization is based on the explicit Euler schema, where the new values are<br />
calculated considering only values from the precedent time step.<br />
The spatial discretization of the Saint Venant equations is carried out by the finite volume<br />
method, where the differential equations are integrated over the single elements.<br />
Fig. 6: Definition sketch<br />
It is assumed that values, which are known at the cross section location, are constant within<br />
the element. Throughout this section it therefore can be stated that:<br />
x iR<br />
∫ f ( x)d x≈ f( xi)( xiR − xiL)<br />
= fiΔxi<br />
(RII-2.2)<br />
xL<br />
where x<br />
iR<br />
<strong>and</strong> x iL<br />
are the positions of the edges at the east <strong>and</strong> the west side of element i,<br />
as illustrated in Fig. 6.<br />
2.2.2 Discrete Form of Equations<br />
2.2.2.1 Continuity Equation<br />
Equation 2 is integrated over the element:<br />
x iR<br />
∫ ⎛∂A ∂Q ⎞<br />
⎜ + − q<br />
l ⎟d x = 0<br />
⎝ ∂t<br />
∂x<br />
⎠<br />
(RII-2.3)<br />
xL<br />
The different parts of the equation are discretized as follows:<br />
xiR<br />
t+<br />
1 t<br />
∂Ai ∂Ai Ai − Ai<br />
∫ dx ≈ Δxi<br />
≈ Δxi<br />
∂t ∂t Δt<br />
xiL<br />
(RII-2.4)<br />
xiR<br />
∂Qi<br />
∫ d x = Q ( x<br />
iR) − Q ( x<br />
iL)<br />
=Φc, iR<br />
−Φc,<br />
iL<br />
∂x<br />
xiL<br />
(RII-2.5)<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich R II - 2.2-1<br />
Version 9/26/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
NUMERICS KERNEL<br />
xiR<br />
∫ qld x≈qiR( xiR − xi ) + qiL( xi −xiL)<br />
(RII-2.6)<br />
xiL<br />
Φ<br />
ciR ,<br />
<strong>and</strong> Φ<br />
ciL ,<br />
are the continuity fluxes calculated by the Riemann solver <strong>and</strong> q<br />
iR<br />
<strong>and</strong><br />
the lateral sources in the corresponding river segments.<br />
q<br />
iL<br />
For the explicit time discretization the new value of A will be:<br />
+ Δt<br />
Δt<br />
A = A − ( Φ −Φ ) − ( q ( x − x ) + q ( x −x<br />
))<br />
t 1 t<br />
i i c, iR c,<br />
iL iR i iR iL iL i<br />
Δxi<br />
Δxi<br />
(RII-2.7)<br />
2.2.2.2 Momentum Equation<br />
Assuming that the lateral in <strong>and</strong> outflows do not contribute to the momentum balance, thus<br />
neglecting the last term of equation (RI-1.9), <strong>and</strong> integrating over the element, the<br />
momentum equation becomes:<br />
xiR<br />
2<br />
⎛∂Q<br />
∂ ⎛ Q ⎞<br />
⎞<br />
∫ ⎜<br />
+ ⎜β<br />
⎟+ ∑ Sources<br />
dx<br />
= 0<br />
(RII-2.8)<br />
∂t ∂x A<br />
⎟<br />
xiL<br />
⎝ ⎝ red ⎠<br />
⎠<br />
The different parts of the equation are discretized as follows:<br />
xiR<br />
t+<br />
1 t<br />
∂Qi ∂Qi Qi −Qi<br />
∫ dx ≈ Δxi<br />
≈ Δxi<br />
(RII-2.9)<br />
∂t ∂t Δt<br />
xiL<br />
xiR<br />
2 2<br />
∂Qi<br />
Q Q<br />
∫ dx<br />
= β − β =ΦmiR<br />
,<br />
−ΦmiL<br />
,<br />
(RII-2.10)<br />
∂x A<br />
xiL red<br />
A<br />
x red<br />
iR xiL<br />
Φmir<br />
,<br />
<strong>and</strong><br />
mil ,<br />
Φ are the momentum fluxes calculated by the Riemann solver.<br />
For the explicit time discretization the new value of Q will be:<br />
t+ 1 t Δt<br />
i i m iR m iL<br />
xi<br />
( , , )<br />
Q = Q − Φ −Φ + ∑ Sources<br />
(RII-2.11)<br />
Δ<br />
2.2.3 Discretisation of Source Terms<br />
2.2.2.1 Bed Slope Source Term<br />
The bed slope source term:<br />
∂zS<br />
W = gA<br />
∂ x<br />
is discretized as follows:<br />
(RII-2.12)<br />
R II - 2.2-2<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />
Version 9/26/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
NUMERICS KERNEL<br />
xiR<br />
xL<br />
∂z<br />
∂z<br />
⎛ z − z ⎞<br />
gA dx≈gA Δx ≈gA Δx<br />
∫ (RII-2.13)<br />
S<br />
S<br />
Si , + 1 Si , −1<br />
red redi i redi ⎜ ⎟ i<br />
∂x ∂x x<br />
x<br />
i ⎝ i+ 1−xi−1<br />
⎠<br />
With the subtraction of the bed slope source term, equation (RII-2.11) becomes:<br />
t+<br />
1 t Δt<br />
⎛ zSi<br />
, + 1<br />
− zSi<br />
, −1⎞<br />
Qi = Qi − ( Φm, ir<br />
−Φm,<br />
il) −ΔtgAredi⎜ ⎟<br />
Δxi ⎝ xi+ 1−xi−1<br />
⎠<br />
(RII-2.14)<br />
2.2.2.2 Friction Source Term<br />
The friction source term:<br />
Fr = gA<br />
red<br />
S f<br />
is simply calculated with the local values:<br />
x iR<br />
∫ gAred Sfidx ≈ gArediSfiΔxi<br />
(RII-2.15)<br />
xL<br />
<strong>and</strong><br />
S<br />
fi<br />
t t<br />
Qi<br />
Qi<br />
= (RII-2.16)<br />
t<br />
( K ) 2<br />
i<br />
This computation form however leads to problems if the element was dry in the precedent<br />
time step, because in this case A , <strong>and</strong> thus K , become very small, <strong>and</strong> Sf<br />
i<br />
very large.<br />
This leads to numerical instabilities. For this reason a semi-implicit approach has been<br />
applied, which considers the discharge of the present time step:<br />
S<br />
fi<br />
t+<br />
1 t<br />
Qi<br />
Qi<br />
= (RII-2.17)<br />
t<br />
( Ki<br />
)<br />
2<br />
Consequently instead of simply subtracting the source term from equation (RII-2.14), the<br />
following operation is executed on the new Q :<br />
Q<br />
Q<br />
t 1<br />
t + +<br />
1 i<br />
i<br />
=<br />
t t<br />
ΔtQi<br />
gAi<br />
1+<br />
t<br />
( Ki<br />
)<br />
2<br />
(RII-2.18)<br />
In this way for a very small conveyance the discharge tends to 0.<br />
2.2.2.3 Hydraulic Radius<br />
The hydraulic radius <strong>and</strong> the conveyance of a cross section are calculated by different ways<br />
for different types of cross sections, depending on the geometry which is specified by the<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich R II - 2.2-3<br />
Version 9/26/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
NUMERICS KERNEL<br />
user. The cross section can be simple or composed by a main channel <strong>and</strong> flood plains.<br />
Additionally it can have a bed bottom.<br />
1. Simple cross section without definition of bed (Fig. 7)<br />
For the simple cross section the hydraulic radius is calculated by the sum of the hydraulic<br />
radius of all slices. The conveyance is then calculated for the whole cross section.<br />
R<br />
i<br />
A<br />
P<br />
Fig. 7: Simple cross section<br />
i<br />
= (RII-2.19)<br />
i<br />
R = ∑ R (RII-2.20)<br />
i<br />
A= ∑ A (RII-2.21)<br />
i<br />
K = c gRA<br />
(RII-2.22)<br />
f<br />
If there are slices with nearly horizontal ground however, this computation mode can lead to<br />
jumps in the water level-conveyance graph. This is dangerous if we store the conveyance in<br />
a table, from which values will be read by interpolation. If the conveyance is calculated by<br />
adding the conveyances of the single slides the jump is avoided, but this method leads to an<br />
underestimation of the conveyance for the heights higher than the step. The problem is<br />
illustrated by the dimensionless example in Fig. 8.<br />
250<br />
calculated w ith the total hydraulic radius<br />
sum of the conveyances of all slices<br />
200<br />
conveyance<br />
150<br />
100<br />
50<br />
0<br />
0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4<br />
water surface elevation<br />
Fig. 8: Conveyance computation of a channel with a flat zone<br />
R II - 2.2-4<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />
Version 9/26/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
NUMERICS KERNEL<br />
Such flat zones in practice occur especially for cross sections composed by a main channel<br />
<strong>and</strong> flood plains. For this reason this type of cross section can be specified <strong>and</strong> will be<br />
treated differently. Such a cross section is illustrated in Fig. 9.<br />
Fig. 9: Cross section with flood plains <strong>and</strong> main channel<br />
2. Cross section with definition of bed (Fig. 10)<br />
In this case the conveyances <strong>and</strong> the discharge are calculated separately for each part of the<br />
cross section <strong>and</strong> the discharges are then added.<br />
Additionally to the distinction of flood plains <strong>and</strong> main channel, a bed bottom can be<br />
specified for both simple <strong>and</strong> composed cross sections. In this case for the computation of<br />
the hydraulic radius of the main channel are considered the distinct influence areas of<br />
bottom, walls <strong>and</strong>, if existing, interfaces to the flood plains. In Fig. 10 is illustrated the case<br />
without flood plains or a water level below them.<br />
Fig. 10: Cross section with definition of a bed<br />
The conveyance in this case is calculated by the following steps:<br />
A<br />
= R P<br />
(RII-2.23)<br />
b b b<br />
Atot = Awl + Awr + Ab<br />
(RII-2.24)<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich R II - 2.2-5<br />
Version 9/26/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
R<br />
b<br />
=<br />
k<br />
3/2<br />
stb<br />
Atot<br />
⎛ P P P<br />
⎜ + +<br />
⎝k k k<br />
wl b wr<br />
3/2 3/2 3/2<br />
StWl Stb StWr<br />
⎞<br />
⎟<br />
⎠<br />
NUMERICS KERNEL<br />
(RII-2.25)<br />
Kb = cf gRbAb<br />
(RII-2.26)<br />
U<br />
K<br />
b<br />
mb<br />
= S<br />
(RII-2.27)<br />
Ab<br />
Qb = UmbAb<br />
(RII-2.28)<br />
Atot<br />
Qw U ⎛ ⎞<br />
=<br />
mb⎜<br />
−RbPb⎟<br />
⎝1.05<br />
⎠<br />
b<br />
w<br />
(RII-2.29)<br />
Q= Q + Q<br />
(RII-2.30)<br />
K = Q/<br />
S<br />
(RII-2.31)<br />
Qb Qw Kb Kb ⎛ Atot ⎞ ⎛ A ⎞<br />
tot<br />
K = Kb + Kw = + = RbPb + ⎜ − RbPb⎟= Kb + Kb⎜<br />
−1⎟<br />
S S Ab Ab ⎝1.05 ⎠ ⎝1.05Ab<br />
⎠<br />
Fig. 11 shows the case of a water level higher than the flood plains.<br />
(RII-2.32)<br />
Fig. 11: Cross section with flood plains <strong>and</strong> definition of a bed bottom<br />
R II - 2.2-6<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />
Version 9/26/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
NUMERICS KERNEL<br />
In this case two more partial areas are distinguished for the computation of the hydraulic<br />
radius of the bed <strong>and</strong>:<br />
R<br />
b<br />
=<br />
k<br />
3/2<br />
Stb<br />
Atot<br />
⎛ P P P P P<br />
⎜ + + + +<br />
⎝k k k k k<br />
il wl b wr ir<br />
3/2 3/2 3/2 3/2 3/2<br />
Stil Stwl Stb Stwr Stir<br />
. (RII-2.33)<br />
⎞<br />
⎟<br />
⎠<br />
2.2.4 Discretisation of Boundary conditions<br />
While normally the edges are placed in the middle between two cross sections, which are<br />
related to the elements, at the boundaries the left edge of the first upstream element <strong>and</strong><br />
the right edge of the last downstream element are situated at the same place as the cross<br />
sections themselves. Thus there is no distance between the edge <strong>and</strong> the cross section.<br />
2.2.2.1 Inlet Boundary<br />
The boundary condition is applied to the left edge of the first element, where it serves to<br />
determine the fluxes over the element side. If there is no water coming in, these fluxes are<br />
simply set to 0.<br />
If there is an inlet flux it must be given as a hydrograph. The given discharge is directly used<br />
as the continuity flux, whereas for the computation of the momentum flux, A<br />
red<br />
<strong>and</strong> β are<br />
determined in the first cross section (which has the same location).<br />
Φ = Q<br />
(RII-2.34)<br />
c,1R bound<br />
( Q )<br />
bound<br />
Φ<br />
m,1R<br />
= β1<br />
(RII-2.35)<br />
Ared1<br />
For the computation of the bed source term in the first cell, the values in the cell are used<br />
instead of the lacking upstream values:<br />
W<br />
⎛ z<br />
− z<br />
S,2 S,1<br />
1<br />
= Ared1⎜ ⎟<br />
x2 − x1<br />
⎝<br />
⎞<br />
⎠<br />
(RII-2.36)<br />
2.2.2.2 Outlet Boundary<br />
weir <strong>and</strong> gate:<br />
n 1<br />
The wetted area A −<br />
N<br />
of the last cross section at the previous time step is used to<br />
determine the water surface elevation z<br />
SN ,<br />
. With z<br />
SN , , the wetted area of the weir or gate<br />
<strong>and</strong> finally the out flowing discharge Q are calculated, which are used for the computation<br />
of the flux over the outflow edge:<br />
Φ = (RII-2.37)<br />
cNL ,<br />
Qweir<br />
( Q ) 2<br />
weir<br />
Φ<br />
mNL ,<br />
= (RII-2.38)<br />
Aweir<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich R II - 2.2-7<br />
Version 9/26/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
NUMERICS KERNEL<br />
z(t) <strong>and</strong> z(Q):<br />
If the given boundary condition is a time evolution of the water surface elevation or a rating<br />
curve, the discharge Q is taken from the last cell <strong>and</strong> time step. In the case of a rating curve<br />
it is used to determine the water surface elevation z S<br />
. The given elevation is used to<br />
calculate A <strong>and</strong> β in the last cross section:<br />
Φ = (RII-2.39)<br />
cNL ,<br />
t 1<br />
Q −<br />
N<br />
t−1<br />
( Q ) 2<br />
N<br />
Φ<br />
m,<br />
NL<br />
= βbound<br />
(RII-2.40)<br />
A<br />
bound<br />
In/out:<br />
With the boundary condition in/out the flux over the outflow edge is just equal to the inflow<br />
flux of the last cell:<br />
Φ =Φ (RII-2.41)<br />
cLl , cNR ,<br />
Φ =Φ (RII-2.42)<br />
mNL , mNR ,<br />
For the computation of the bed source term in the last cell, the values in the cell are used<br />
instead of the lacking downstream values:<br />
W<br />
N<br />
⎛ z<br />
− z<br />
SN , SN , −1<br />
= AredN<br />
⎜ ⎟<br />
xN<br />
− xN−<br />
1<br />
⎝<br />
⎞<br />
⎠<br />
(RII-2.43)<br />
2.2.2.3 Moving Boundaries<br />
Boundaries are always considered to be on an edge. A moving boundary appears if one of<br />
the cells, limited by the edge, is dry. In this case some changes have to be considered for<br />
the computations:<br />
Flux over an internal edge:<br />
If in one of the cells the water depth at the lowest point of the cross section is lower than<br />
the dry depth h<br />
min<br />
, the energy level in the other cell is computed. If this is lower than the<br />
water surface elevation in the dry cell the flow over the edge is 0. Otherwise it is calculated<br />
normally.<br />
Bed source:<br />
For the computation of the bed source term in the case of the upstream or downstream cell<br />
being dry, the local values are used as in the following example with an upstream dry cell:<br />
W<br />
i<br />
A<br />
⎛ z<br />
− z<br />
Si , + 1 Si ,<br />
=<br />
red,<br />
i⎜ ⎟<br />
xi+<br />
1<br />
− xi<br />
⎝<br />
⎞<br />
⎠<br />
(RII-2.44)<br />
R II - 2.2-8<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />
Version 9/26/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
NUMERICS KERNEL<br />
2.2.5 Solution Procedure<br />
a) general solution procedure of BASEchain in detail<br />
Read problem setup file<br />
If: sediment transport is active<br />
Yes<br />
Read sediment file<br />
Attribute grain classes<br />
Attribute grain mixtures<br />
Attribute sediment boundaries<br />
Attribute local sediment sources<br />
Create sediment output<br />
Attribute sediment output time step<br />
-/-<br />
No<br />
Read topography file<br />
Make computational grid<br />
If: calculation mode = “table”<br />
Yes<br />
For: each cross section<br />
Generate tables<br />
-/-<br />
No<br />
If: sediment transport is active<br />
Yes<br />
Attribute mixtures to grid -/-<br />
Attribute bed load fluxes to grid -/-<br />
Attribute sediment sources to the grid -/-<br />
No<br />
Print topography output<br />
Determine initial conditions<br />
Attribute hydrodynamic sources to grid<br />
Print initial conditions to output files<br />
Time Loop<br />
If: there are monitoring points<br />
Yes<br />
Print monitoring point files -/-<br />
No<br />
Print restart file<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich R II - 2.2-9<br />
Version 9/26/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
NUMERICS KERNEL<br />
b) time loop<br />
while: total computational time
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
NUMERICS KERNEL<br />
d) morphodynamic equations<br />
For: each element<br />
Calculate wetted width of cross section<br />
Calculate local sources<br />
For: each edge<br />
Calculate sediment fluxes<br />
For: each element<br />
Balance global material conservation<br />
Add local sources<br />
Determine bed level change for cross section<br />
For: each slice<br />
Update layer positions<br />
For: each grain class<br />
Balance material sorting equation<br />
Add local sources<br />
Calculate sediment exchange with sub layer ( source Sf)<br />
Add exchange with sub layer<br />
For: each slice<br />
Correct all <br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich R II - 2.2-11<br />
Version 9/26/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
NUMERICS KERNEL<br />
This page has been intentionally left blank.<br />
R II - 2.2-12<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />
Version 9/26/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
NUMERICS KERNEL<br />
2.3 Shallow Water Equations<br />
2.3.1 Discrete Form of Equations<br />
It has been seen that for the transformation of the differential <strong>and</strong> the integral equations into<br />
discrete algebraic equations numerical methods are used. Based on the mentioned reasons,<br />
the FV method has been used in the present work for the discretization of SWE.<br />
Equation (RI-1.34) can be rewritten in the following integral form:<br />
( )<br />
∫ U d , d d 0<br />
t<br />
Ω+ ∫∇⋅ F G Ω+ ∫ S Ω=<br />
(RII-2.45)<br />
Ω Ω Ω<br />
in which Ω equals the area of the calculation cell (Fig. 1)<br />
Using the Gauss’ relation equation (RII-2.45) becomes:<br />
( )<br />
∫ ∫ ∫<br />
U d Ω+ F, G ⋅ n d + S dΩ=<br />
0<br />
(RII-2.46)<br />
t s<br />
l<br />
Ω ∂Ω Ω<br />
Assuming<br />
written:<br />
U<br />
t<br />
<strong>and</strong> S are constant over the domain for first order accuracy, it can be<br />
1<br />
Ut<br />
+ ( , ) ⋅ nsdl+ = 0<br />
Ω ∫ F G S (RII-2.47)<br />
∂Ω<br />
Equation (RII-2.46) can be discritized by a two-phase scheme namely predictor – corrector<br />
scheme as follows:<br />
Δt<br />
U U F G n S (RII-2.48)<br />
3<br />
n+<br />
1 n n<br />
n<br />
i<br />
= - ∑<br />
i ( , ) × -<br />
i,<br />
j jlj Δt<br />
i<br />
Ω j=<br />
1<br />
where m = number of cell or element sides<br />
( FG , )<br />
i ,<br />
= numerical flux through the side of cell<br />
j<br />
= unit vector of cell side<br />
n<br />
s,<br />
i<br />
The advantage of two-phase scheme is the second order accuracy in time marching.<br />
In the FV method, the key problem is to estimate the normal flux through each side of the<br />
domain, namely (( FG , ) ⋅n s<br />
). There are several algorithms to estimate this flux. The set of<br />
SWE is hyperbolic <strong>and</strong>, therefore, it has an inherent directional property of propagation. For<br />
instance, in 1d unsteady flow, information comes from both, upstream <strong>and</strong> downstream, in<br />
sub critical cases, while information only comes from upstream in supercritical cases.<br />
Algorithms to estimate the flux should appropriately h<strong>and</strong>le this property. The Riemann<br />
solver, which is based on characteristics theory, is such an algorithm. It is the solution of<br />
Riemann Problem. The Riemann solver under the FV method formulation is especially<br />
suitable for capturing discontinuities in sub critical or supercritical flow, e.g. a dam break<br />
wave or flood propagation in a river. Due to the important role of the Riemann Solver in<br />
implementation, the theory of the Riemann problem <strong>and</strong> subsequently the Riemann solver<br />
will be briefly discussed in the following sections.<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich R II - 2.3-1<br />
Version 9/26/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
NUMERICS KERNEL<br />
2.3.2.1 Flux Estimation<br />
Considering the integral term of flux in equation (RII-2.47), it can be written:<br />
∫<br />
∂Ω<br />
( ( ) ( )) ⋅ = ( ) θ + ( )<br />
∫ ( θ)<br />
F U , G U ns dl F U cos G U sin dl<br />
(RII-2.49)<br />
in which ≡ ( cos ,sin )<br />
Fig. 12).<br />
∂Ω<br />
n<br />
s<br />
θ θ is the outward unit vector to the boundary of domain Ω i<br />
(see<br />
Based on the rotational invariance property for F( U ) <strong>and</strong> ( )<br />
domain, it can be written according to Toro (1997):<br />
1<br />
( ( ), ( )) =<br />
−<br />
( θ) ( ( θ)<br />
)<br />
G U on the boundary of the<br />
F U G U T F T U (RII-2.50)<br />
where θ is the angle between the vector<br />
the x-axis. (see Fig. 12)<br />
n<br />
s<br />
<strong>and</strong> x-axis, measured counter clockwise from<br />
Fig. 12: Geometry of a Computational Cell Ω i<br />
in FV<br />
The rotational transformation matrix<br />
⎛1 0 0 ⎞<br />
⎜<br />
⎟<br />
T ( θ ) = 0 cosθ sinθ<br />
(RII-2.51)<br />
⎜0 −sinθ<br />
cosθ<br />
⎟<br />
⎝<br />
⎠<br />
T −1 ( θ ) = inverse of T ( θ )<br />
Using (RII-2.50), (RII-2.47) can be rewritten as:<br />
R II - 2.3-2<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />
Version 9/26/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
−1<br />
t<br />
+ + =<br />
∂Ω<br />
NUMERICS KERNEL<br />
1<br />
U ( θ) ( ( θ)<br />
) dl<br />
0<br />
Ω ∫ T F T U S (RII-2.52)<br />
The quantity T( θ )<br />
U is transformed of U , with velocity components in the normal <strong>and</strong><br />
tangential direction. For each cell in the computational domain, the quantity U , thus<br />
T( θ ) U may have different values, which results in a discontinuity across the interface<br />
between cells. Therefore, the two-dimensional problem in (RII-2.45) or (RII-2.47) can be<br />
h<strong>and</strong>led as a series of local Riemann problems in the normal direction to the cell interface<br />
( x ) by the equation (RII-2.52).<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich R II - 2.3-3<br />
Version 9/26/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
NUMERICS KERNEL<br />
2.3.2 Discretization of Source Terms<br />
2.3.2.1 Friction Source Term<br />
When treating the friction source terms, a simple explicit discretization may cause numerical<br />
instabilities if the water depth is very small. To circumvent the numerical instabilities, the<br />
frictions terms are treated in a semi-implicit way. Eq. (RII-2.48) can be split in following way<br />
Δt<br />
U U F G n S S (RII-2.53)<br />
or<br />
3<br />
n+<br />
1 n n<br />
n<br />
i<br />
=<br />
i<br />
− ∑ ( , ) ⋅ d<br />
i,<br />
j j<br />
lj +Δt Bi<br />
−Δt<br />
fi<br />
Ω j=<br />
1<br />
U = U −ΔtS (RII-2.54)<br />
n+ 1 n+<br />
1/2<br />
i i fi<br />
considering the Manning’s equation <strong>and</strong> after some algebraic manipulations, one obtains:<br />
n+<br />
1/2<br />
n 1 Ui<br />
U + i<br />
=<br />
(RII-2.55)<br />
2<br />
2 2<br />
ni ui vi<br />
1+Δtg<br />
n n<br />
( ) + ( )<br />
n<br />
4/3<br />
( hi<br />
)<br />
2.3.2.2 Bed Slope Source Term<br />
The numerical treatment of the bed slope source term is formulated based on Komaei’s<br />
method (Komai <strong>and</strong> Bechteler 2004). Regarding Eq. (RII-2.47), it is required to compute the<br />
integral of the bed slope source term over a element Ω i<br />
.<br />
⎛ ⎞<br />
⎜ 0 ⎟<br />
⎛ 0 ⎞ ⎜ ⎟<br />
⎜ ⎟ ⎜ ∂zB<br />
( x, y)<br />
⎟<br />
S<br />
BdΩ= ⎜ghSBx⎟dΩ= g h − dΩ<br />
(RII-2.56)<br />
⎜ x ⎟<br />
⎜ghS<br />
⎟<br />
∂<br />
⎝ By ⎠<br />
⎜ ⎟<br />
∂zB<br />
( x, y)<br />
−<br />
⎜<br />
∂y<br />
⎟<br />
⎝ ⎠<br />
∫∫ ∫∫ ∫∫<br />
Ω Ω Ω<br />
Assuming that the bed slope values are constant over a cell (RII-2.56) can be simplified to:<br />
∫∫<br />
Ω<br />
⎛ 0 ⎞ ⎛ 0 ⎞<br />
⎛ ⎞⎜ ⎟ ⎜ ⎟<br />
S B dΩ= g hdΩ SBx = gVolwater S<br />
⎜∫∫<br />
⎟⎜ ⎟ ⎜ Bx ⎟<br />
(RII-2.57)<br />
⎟<br />
⎝ Ω ⎠⎜S<br />
⎟ ⎜<br />
By<br />
S ⎟<br />
⎝ ⎠ ⎝ By⎠<br />
In order to evaluate the above integral, it is necessary to compute the bed slope of a cell <strong>and</strong><br />
the volume of the water over a cell.<br />
The bed slope of a triangular cell can be computed by using the finite element formulation<br />
as given by Hinton <strong>and</strong> Owen (1979). It is assumed that<br />
b<br />
z varies linearly over the cell (<br />
Fig. 13):<br />
R II - 2.3-4<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />
Version 9/26/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
NUMERICS KERNEL<br />
z ( B<br />
x , y ) = α1+ α2x+ α3y<br />
(RII-2.58)<br />
∂z in which α B<br />
2 = ; α3<br />
∂ x<br />
∂z B<br />
y<br />
= ∂<br />
Fig. 13: A Triangular Cell<br />
Using the nodal information, one obtains<br />
∂zB<br />
( x, y) 1 ⎫<br />
SBx =− =− ( b1 zB,1+ b2 zB,2 + b3 zB,3<br />
)<br />
∂x<br />
2Ω ⎪<br />
∂zB<br />
( x, y) 1 ⎬<br />
SBy =− =− ( c1 zB,1+ c2 zB,2 + c3 zB,3<br />
) ⎪<br />
∂y<br />
2Ω ⎪⎭<br />
(RII-2.59)<br />
where<br />
a1 = x2y3−x3y2⎫ ⎪<br />
b1 = y2 − y3<br />
⎬<br />
c1 = x3 −x<br />
⎪<br />
2 ⎭<br />
(RII-2.60)<br />
<strong>and</strong><br />
1<br />
1 1<br />
2A= 1 x y<br />
(RII-2.61)<br />
1<br />
x<br />
x<br />
y<br />
2 2<br />
y<br />
3 3<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich R II - 2.3-5<br />
Version 9/26/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
NUMERICS KERNEL<br />
The water volume over a cell can also be computed by using the parametric coordinates of<br />
the Finite Element Method.<br />
Vol<br />
⎛h + h + h ⎞<br />
⎜<br />
3<br />
⎟<br />
⎝ ⎠<br />
1 2 3<br />
water<br />
= Ω<br />
where h 1 , h 2 <strong>and</strong> h 3 are the water depths at the nodes 1, 2 <strong>and</strong> 3 respectively (Fig. 14).<br />
(RII-2.62)<br />
Fig. 14: Water volume over a cell<br />
R II - 2.3-6<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />
Version 9/26/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
NUMERICS KERNEL<br />
In the case of partially wet cells (Fig. 15) the location of the wet-dry line (a <strong>and</strong> b) has to be<br />
determined, where the water surface plane intersects the cell surface.<br />
Fig. 15: Partially wet cell<br />
Using the coordinates of a <strong>and</strong> b, the water volume over the cell can be calculated as:<br />
Vol<br />
h + h h<br />
=Ω +Ω (RII-2.63)<br />
3 3<br />
2 3 2<br />
water a32 2ba<br />
In the computation of the fluxes through the edges (1-2) <strong>and</strong> (1-3), the modified lengths are<br />
used. The modified length is computed under the assumption that the water elevation is<br />
constant over a cell.<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich R II - 2.3-7<br />
Version 9/26/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
NUMERICS KERNEL<br />
2.3.3 Discretization of Boundary Conditions<br />
The hydrodynamic model uses the essential boundary conditions, i.e. velocity <strong>and</strong> water<br />
surface elevation are to be specified along the computational domain. The theoretical<br />
background of the boundary condition has already been already discussed in book one<br />
“Physical Models”. In this part the numerical treatment of the two most important boundary<br />
types, namely inlet <strong>and</strong> outlet will be discussed separately.<br />
2.3.2.1 Inlet Boundary<br />
There are two different types of an inlet boundary. It is sufficient to specify either the<br />
discharge or the water surface elevation at inlet boundary. In both cases the water depth<br />
<strong>and</strong> velocity will then be determined <strong>and</strong> used at the corresponding edge of the cell in the<br />
flux computation.<br />
Case A: Defined discharge Q<br />
Both steady <strong>and</strong> unsteady discharges can be specified along the inlet section,<br />
where water surface elevation <strong>and</strong> the cross-sectional area are allowed to change<br />
with time. For an unsteady discharge, the hydrograph is digitized in a data set of<br />
the form:<br />
1 1<br />
t<br />
Q<br />
…<br />
n<br />
t Q<br />
…<br />
end<br />
t Q<br />
n<br />
where Q is the total discharge inflow at time t n . The hydrograph specified in<br />
this way, can be arbitrary in shape. The total discharge is interpolated, based on<br />
the corresponding time <strong>and</strong> then distributed along the inlet section according to<br />
the local conveyance<br />
Q<br />
= K Q<br />
(RII-2.64)<br />
j j i<br />
where Q<br />
j<br />
is the discharge at the inlet edge of the cell j <strong>and</strong><br />
follows:<br />
K<br />
j<br />
=<br />
1<br />
Ω<br />
jR<br />
n<br />
j<br />
1<br />
Ω<br />
jR<br />
n<br />
∑<br />
j<br />
j<br />
2/3<br />
j<br />
2/3<br />
j<br />
n<br />
end<br />
K<br />
j<br />
is defined as<br />
(RII-2.65)<br />
where A<br />
j<br />
<strong>and</strong> R j<br />
are cross sectional area <strong>and</strong> hydraulic radius of an edge<br />
respectively. To determine these values, it is assumed to have normal depth along<br />
the inlet cross section. It is also assumed that the inlet velocity vector is<br />
perpendicular to the inlet boundary.<br />
R II - 2.3-8<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />
Version 9/26/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
NUMERICS KERNEL<br />
Case B: Defined water surface elevation<br />
In this case it is possible to define a time variable water surface elevation along<br />
the inlet section. The water elevation is used to calculate the water depth for each<br />
edge of the inlet cells <strong>and</strong> based on Manning’s relation the flux can be defined.<br />
The water elevation is also updated in such a way that the water slope normal to<br />
the inlet section is constant.<br />
2.3.2.2 Free surface elevation boundary<br />
As is mentioned in Tab.2 of the first part of this reference manual (RI: Mathematical<br />
Models), just one outlet boundary condition is necessary to be defined. This could be the<br />
flux, the water surface elevation or the water elevation-discharge curve at the outflow<br />
section. There is often no boundary known at the outlet. In this situation, the boundary<br />
should be modelled as a so-called free surface elevation boundary. A zero gradient<br />
assumption at the outlet could be a good choice. This could be expressed as follows:<br />
∂ = 0<br />
∂n<br />
(RII-2.66)<br />
Although this type of boundary condition has a reflection problem, numerical experiences<br />
have shown that this effect is limited just to five to ten grid nodes from the boundary.<br />
Therefore it has been suggested to slightly exp<strong>and</strong> the calculation domain in the outlet<br />
region to use this type of outlet boundary (Nujić 1998).<br />
2.3.2.3 Weir<br />
In the other possibility of outlet boundary condition namely defining a weir (Fig. 16), the<br />
discharge at the outlet is computed based on the weir function (Chanson 1999)<br />
2<br />
q = C 2g h − h<br />
3<br />
where<br />
( ) 3<br />
up weir<br />
hup − hweir<br />
C = 0.611+ 0.08 ; hup = WSE− zB<br />
<strong>and</strong> hweir = zweir − zB<br />
h<br />
weir<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich R II - 2.3-9<br />
Version 9/26/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
NUMERICS KERNEL<br />
Fig. 16: Flow over a weir<br />
The hydraulic <strong>and</strong> geometric parameters such as WSE, z B are the calculated variables on the<br />
adjacent elements of the outlet boundary. Here it is assumed that the water surface<br />
elevation is constant within the element. The weir elevation z weir is a time dependent<br />
parameter. Based on the weir elevation (Fig. 17) some edges of the outlet are considered as<br />
a weir <strong>and</strong> the others have free surface elevation boundary condition. In order to avoid<br />
instabilities due to the water surface fluctuations, the following condition are adopted in the<br />
program<br />
( h () t h ( t)<br />
kh )<br />
h () t h ( t)<br />
kh<br />
if<br />
up weir dry<br />
if<br />
up weir dry<br />
Fig. 17: Outlet cross section with a weir<br />
≤ + ⇒ edge is a wall<br />
> + ⇒ edge acts as weir or a free surface elevation boundary<br />
( )<br />
k is a numerical factor <strong>and</strong> has been set to 3 in this version.<br />
Fig. 17 also shows the effective computational width of a weir in a natural cross section.<br />
R II - 2.3-10<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />
Version 9/26/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
NUMERICS KERNEL<br />
2.3.2.4 Moving Boundaries<br />
Natural rivers <strong>and</strong> streams are highly irregular in both plan form <strong>and</strong> topography. Their<br />
boundaries change with the time varying water level. The FV-based model with moving<br />
boundary treatment is capable of h<strong>and</strong>ling these complex <strong>and</strong> dynamic flow problems<br />
conveniently. The computational domain exp<strong>and</strong>s <strong>and</strong> contracts as the water elevation rises<br />
<strong>and</strong> falls. Obviously, the governing equations are solved only for wet cells in the<br />
computational domain. An important step of this method is to determine the water edge or<br />
the instantaneous computational boundary. A criterion, h<br />
min<br />
, is used to classify the following<br />
two types of nodes:<br />
1. A node is considered dry, if zs<br />
≤ zB<br />
+ hmin<br />
2. A node is considered wet, if zs<br />
> zB<br />
+ hmin<br />
The determination of h<br />
min<br />
is tricky, which can vary between 10 -6 m <strong>and</strong> 0.1 m. Based on the<br />
flow depth at the centre of the element we defined three different elemet categories (Fig.<br />
18):<br />
1) dry cells where the flow depth is below h<br />
min<br />
,<br />
2) partial wet cells where the flow depth above h min<br />
but not all nodes of the<br />
cell are under water <strong>and</strong><br />
3) fully wet cells where all nodes included cell centre are under water.<br />
Fig. 18: Schematic representation of a mesh with dry, partial wet <strong>and</strong> wet elements<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich R II - 2.3-11<br />
Version 9/26/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
NUMERICS KERNEL<br />
By comparing the water surface elevation of two adjacent elements (Fig. 19) <strong>and</strong><br />
determining which cell is dry it was decided whether there were or not a flux through the<br />
edge.<br />
Fig. 19: Wetting process of a element<br />
Although the determination of hmin<br />
is tricky, as it mentioned above, it has been successfully<br />
used in the past, has in the range of 0.05 ~ 0.1 m for natural rivers. It can be adjusted to<br />
optimize the solution for particular flow <strong>and</strong> boundary conditions. It is suggested to consider<br />
it close to min(0.1 h ,0.1) .<br />
2.3.4 Solution Procedure<br />
The logical flow of data through BASEplane from the entry of input data to the creating of<br />
output files <strong>and</strong> the major functions of the program is illustrated in Fig. 20, Fig. 21 <strong>and</strong> Fig. 22<br />
shows the data flow through the hydrodynamic <strong>and</strong> morphodynamic routines respectively.<br />
Program main control data is read first, <strong>and</strong> then the mesh file, <strong>and</strong> then the sediment data<br />
file if there is one. Initialization of the parameters <strong>and</strong> computational values is made next. If<br />
the sediment movement computation is requested, the hydrodynamic routine will be started<br />
in cycle steps defined by user, otherwise the hydrodynamic routine is run. After the<br />
hydrodynamic routine, the morphodynamic routine is carried out next, if it is requested.<br />
Results can be printed ate end of every time steps or only at the end of selected time steps.<br />
R II - 2.3-12<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />
Version 9/26/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
NUMERICS KERNEL<br />
a) general solution procedure of BASEplane<br />
Reading main control file<br />
Reading mesh files<br />
If: there is a sediment data file<br />
Yes<br />
Reading the sediment data file<br />
Initialization of parameters<br />
Continue<br />
No<br />
While: Total computational time = sediment routing start time<br />
Yes<br />
If: Total computational cycles >=<br />
hydrodynamic cycles<br />
Yes<br />
Hydrodynamic routine Continue<br />
No<br />
Hydrodynamic routine<br />
No<br />
Writing the output files for the hydrodynamic computation<br />
Advance the computational values (hydrodynamic)<br />
If: there is the sediment data file “<strong>and</strong>” total time >= sediment routing start time<br />
Yes<br />
Morphodynamic routine<br />
Writing the the output files for the<br />
morphodynamic computation<br />
Advance the computational values<br />
(morphodynamic)<br />
Continue<br />
No<br />
Computing the time step<br />
Stop<br />
Fig. 20: The logical flow of data through BASEplane<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich R II - 2.3-13<br />
Version 9/26/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
NUMERICS KERNEL<br />
b) hydrodynamic routine in detail<br />
Setting the boundary conditions<br />
Reconstruction<br />
For: All edges<br />
Computing the edge values<br />
Computing Fluxes<br />
For: All edges<br />
Computation <strong>and</strong> summation of fluxes<br />
Time Evaluating<br />
For: All elements<br />
Balancing the fluxes<br />
Adding source terms<br />
Computing the conservative values<br />
Fig. 21: Data flow through the hydrodynamic routine<br />
c) morphodynamic routine in detail<br />
Setting the boundary conditions<br />
Computing Fluxes<br />
For: All edges<br />
Computation <strong>and</strong> summation of bedload fluxes<br />
Time Evaluating<br />
For: All elements<br />
Balancing the bedload fluxes<br />
Adding source terms<br />
Computing the new bed elevation<br />
Computing active layer thicknes<br />
For: all grains<br />
Adding source terms<br />
Computing new compostion<br />
Updating elements nodal elevation<br />
Fig. 22: Data flow through the morphodynmic routine<br />
R II - 2.3-14<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />
Version 9/26/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
NUMERICS KERNEL<br />
3 Solution of <strong>Sediment</strong> <strong>Transport</strong> Equations<br />
3.1 General Vertical Partition<br />
3.1.1 Vertical Discretization<br />
A two phase system (water <strong>and</strong> solids) in which the sediment mixture can be represented<br />
by an arbitrary number of different grain size classes is formulated. The continuous physical<br />
domain has to be horizontally <strong>and</strong> vertically divided into control volumes to numerically solve<br />
the governing equations for the unknown variables. Fig. 23 shows a single cell of the<br />
numerical model with vertical partition into the three main control volumes: the upper layer<br />
for momentum <strong>and</strong> suspended sediment transport, the active layer for bed load sediment<br />
transport as well as bed material sorting <strong>and</strong> sub layers for sediment supply <strong>and</strong> deposition.<br />
Fig. 23: Vertical discretization of a computational cell<br />
The primary unknown variables of the upper layer are the water depth h <strong>and</strong> the specific<br />
discharge q <strong>and</strong> r in directions of Cartesian coordinates x <strong>and</strong> y. In the active layer, q<br />
Bg<br />
, x<br />
<strong>and</strong> q<br />
Bg<br />
, y<br />
are describing the specific bed load fluxes (index refers to the g -th grain size<br />
class). A change of bed elevation z<br />
B<br />
can be gained by a combination of balance equations<br />
for water <strong>and</strong> sediment <strong>and</strong> corresponding exchange terms (source terms) between the<br />
vertical layers.<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich R II - 3.1-1<br />
Version 9/26/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
NUMERICS KERNEL<br />
3.1.2 Determination of Layer Thickness<br />
The active layer is the area where bed load transport occurs <strong>and</strong> is well-defined by the bed<br />
surface at level z B<br />
<strong>and</strong> the layer immediately below it at z B<br />
− h m<br />
. The active layer is<br />
assumed to have a uniform size distribution over the depth. Its thickness hm<br />
for degradation<br />
is different than that for aggradation. For global deposition, h<br />
m<br />
corresponds to the thickness<br />
of the current deposition stratum. In case of degradation it is proportional to the erosion rate<br />
with a limitation to account for the situation of an armoured bed (Borah et al. 1982).<br />
R II - 3.1-2<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />
Version 9/26/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
NUMERICS KERNEL<br />
3.2 One Dimensional <strong>Sediment</strong> <strong>Transport</strong><br />
3.2.1 Spatial Discretisation<br />
3.2.2.1 Soil Segments<br />
For each cross section slice a different composition of the soil can be specified. The highest<br />
layer is the active layer. Beneath the active layer a variable number of sub layers can be<br />
defined. Fig. 24 illustrates by example a possible distribution of soil types in a cross section.<br />
Each colour represents for a different grain class mixture.<br />
Fig. 24: Soil discretization in a cross section<br />
The elevation changes generated by the bed load will modify the geometry of the cross<br />
section as it is illustrated in Fig. 25. This can lead to the elimination of layers or to the<br />
creation of new ones. The grain class mixture of depositions will be the same over the<br />
whole wetted width.<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich R II - 3.2-1<br />
Version 9/26/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
NUMERICS KERNEL<br />
Fig. 25: Effect of bed load on cross section geometry<br />
3.2.2 Discrete form of equations<br />
3.2.2.1 Advection-Diffusion Equation<br />
The suspended sediment or pollutant transport in river channels (RI-2.1) can be described by<br />
the following equation:<br />
( ) ( )<br />
∂ AC ∂ QC ∂ ⎛ C<br />
A<br />
∂ ⎞<br />
+ − ⎜ Γ ⎟=<br />
∑ Sources<br />
(RII-3.1)<br />
∂t ∂x ∂x⎝<br />
∂x<br />
⎠<br />
C is the concentration of transported particles averaged over the cross-section.<br />
For the moment the sources, which vary for different types of transport, will be set to 0.<br />
Introducing the continuity equation<br />
∂ A δQ<br />
+ = 0<br />
(RII-3.2)<br />
δt<br />
δx<br />
in equation (RII-3.1) <strong>and</strong> dividing it by A:<br />
∂ C u ∂ C 1 ∂ ⎛ C<br />
A<br />
∂ ⎞<br />
+ − ⎜ Γ ⎟=<br />
0.<br />
∂t ∂x A∂x⎝<br />
∂x<br />
⎠<br />
Equation (RII-3.3) is integrated over the element (Fig. 6)<br />
x<br />
(RII-3.3)<br />
∫<br />
iR<br />
⎛∂C u∂C 1 ∂ ⎛ ∂C⎞⎞<br />
⎜ + − ⎜AΓ ⎟ dx=<br />
0<br />
∂t ∂x A∂x ∂x<br />
⎟<br />
⎝<br />
⎝ ⎠⎠<br />
(RII-3.4)<br />
xiL<br />
<strong>and</strong> the different parts are calculated as follows:<br />
R II - 3.2-2<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />
Version 9/26/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
NUMERICS KERNEL<br />
xiR<br />
t+<br />
1 t<br />
∂C ∂Ci Ci −Ci<br />
∫ d x ≈ Δ x<br />
i<br />
≈ Δ x<br />
i<br />
(RII-3.5)<br />
∂t ∂t Δt<br />
xiL<br />
x<br />
iR<br />
∂C<br />
ui ∫ d x= Ui ( C( xiR ) − C( xiL) ) = ui ( Φa, iR<br />
−Φa,<br />
iL)<br />
(RII-3.6)<br />
∂x<br />
xiL<br />
1 1 ⎛<br />
⎞ 1<br />
A x⎝ x ⎠ A ⎝ x x ⎠ A<br />
xiR<br />
∂ ⎛ ∂C⎞<br />
∂C ∂C<br />
∫ ⎜AΓ ⎟d x= AΓ −AΓ = ( ΦdiR<br />
,<br />
−ΦdiL<br />
,<br />
) (RII-3.7)<br />
i<br />
∂ ∂ ⎜ ⎟<br />
x<br />
X<br />
iL<br />
i<br />
∂ ∂<br />
iR<br />
XiL<br />
i<br />
The concentration at the new time step is:<br />
t<br />
1 1<br />
C C ( u u<br />
)<br />
t+ 1 t Δ<br />
i<br />
=<br />
i<br />
−<br />
iΦa, iR<br />
−<br />
iΦa, iL<br />
− Φ<br />
d , iR<br />
+ Φd , iL<br />
Δxi Ai Ai<br />
(RII-3.8)<br />
3.2.2.2 Computation of diffusive flux Φ<br />
diR ,<br />
The diffusive flux is calculated by finite differences.<br />
Ci+<br />
1<br />
− Ci<br />
Φ<br />
diR ,<br />
= AiRΓ<br />
−<br />
x<br />
i+<br />
1<br />
x<br />
i<br />
(RII-3.9)<br />
For the interpolation on the edge of the wetted area, known only in the cross sections, the<br />
geometric mean is used:<br />
A A A<br />
= (RII-3.10)<br />
iR i+<br />
1 i<br />
3.2.2.3 Computation of advective flux Φ<br />
aiL ,<br />
The advective flux over the edge (element boundary) will be computed by an interpolation of<br />
the values from the neighbouring elements, considering the flow direction.<br />
A general problem of the computation of the advective flux is that it leads to strong<br />
numerical diffusion. Several schemes can be used, three of them are implemented.<br />
a) QUICK-Scheme<br />
For a positive flow from left to right the quick scheme determines the flux over the<br />
upstream edge of element i by:<br />
( x −x )( x −x ) ( x −x )( x −x ) ( x −x )( x −x<br />
)<br />
Φ = C + C +<br />
C<br />
iL i−1 iL i−2 iL i−2 iL i iR i−1<br />
iR i<br />
aiL , i i−1 i−2<br />
( xi −xi− 1)( xi −xi−2) ( xi− 1−xi−2)( xi− 1−xi) ( xi−2 −xi− 1)( xi−2<br />
−xi)<br />
More in general the flux is:<br />
(RII-3.11)<br />
⎧ Ci + g1( Ci+ 1− Ci) + g2( Ci −Ci−<br />
1) → u > 0<br />
Φ<br />
aiL ,<br />
=⎨<br />
⎩Ci+ 1+ g3( Ci − Ci+ 1) + g4( Ci+ 1−Ci+<br />
2) → u<<br />
0<br />
(RII-3.12)<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich R II - 3.2-3<br />
Version 9/26/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
NUMERICS KERNEL<br />
Between the velocities u<br />
i<br />
<strong>and</strong> u<br />
i + 1<br />
the one with the larger absolute value is determinant.<br />
( xiR −xi )( xiR −xi<br />
−1)<br />
g1<br />
=<br />
(RII-3.13)<br />
( − )( − )<br />
g<br />
g<br />
g<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
x x x x<br />
i+ 1 i i+ 1 i−1<br />
( xiR −xi )( xi+<br />
1<br />
−xiR<br />
)<br />
=<br />
( x −x )( x −x<br />
)<br />
i i− 1 i+ 1 i−1<br />
( xiR −xi+ 1)( xiR −xi+<br />
2)<br />
=<br />
( x −x )( x −x<br />
)<br />
i i+ 1 i i+<br />
2<br />
( xiR −xi+<br />
1)( xi −xiR<br />
)<br />
=<br />
( x −x )( x −x<br />
)<br />
i+ 1 i+ 2 i i+<br />
2<br />
(RII-3.14)<br />
(RII-3.15)<br />
(RII-3.16)<br />
The QUICK scheme tends to get instable, especially for the pure advection-equation with<br />
explicit solution (Chen <strong>and</strong> Falconer 1992). For this reason the more stable QUICKEST<br />
scheme (Leonard 1979) is often used:<br />
b) QUICKEST-Scheme<br />
1 1<br />
Φ<br />
iR, QUICKEST<br />
=ΦiR, QUICK<br />
− CriR ( Ci+ 1− Ci ) + CriR ( Ci+ 1− 2 Ci + Ci−<br />
1)<br />
(RII-3.17)<br />
2 8<br />
with<br />
Cr<br />
iR<br />
ui+ 1<br />
ui<br />
t<br />
=<br />
+ Δ<br />
2 Δx<br />
(RII-3.18)<br />
c) Holly-Preissmann<br />
The QUICKEST-scheme still leads to an important diffusion. For this reason the Holly–<br />
Preissmann scheme (Holly <strong>and</strong> Preissmann 1977), which gives better results, is also<br />
implemented. This scheme is based on the properties of characteristics <strong>and</strong> can not be<br />
applied directly for the present discretization.<br />
To find Cx (<br />
iR<br />
) of equation (RII-3.6) the properties of characteristics or finite differences are<br />
used, placing the edges on a new grid so that Cx (<br />
iR)<br />
becomes C<br />
j<br />
<strong>and</strong> Cx (<br />
iL)<br />
= Cj<br />
− 1<br />
.<br />
Considering only the advection part of the equation(RII-3.3) we have:<br />
∂C<br />
u∂C<br />
+ = 0.<br />
∂t<br />
∂x<br />
<strong>and</strong><br />
(RII-3.19)<br />
t+<br />
1 t<br />
t t<br />
j<br />
−<br />
j j<br />
−<br />
j−1<br />
C C C C<br />
=−u<br />
Δt x −x<br />
j<br />
j−1<br />
(RII-3.20)<br />
Thus the new concentration is<br />
R II - 3.2-4<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />
Version 9/26/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
NUMERICS KERNEL<br />
C<br />
⎛<br />
= 1− u<br />
Δt<br />
⎞<br />
C + u<br />
Δt<br />
C<br />
⎝<br />
⎠<br />
t+<br />
1<br />
t t<br />
j ⎜<br />
j j−1<br />
xj −x ⎟<br />
j−1 xj −xj−<br />
1<br />
(RII-3.21)<br />
n+<br />
1 n<br />
For a courant number CFL = u( dt / dx) = 1: Cj<br />
= Cj−<br />
1. This means that the solute<br />
travels from one side of the cell to the other during the time step.<br />
The Holly-Preissmann scheme calculates the values in function of CFL <strong>and</strong> the upstream<br />
value.<br />
3 2<br />
Y( Cr)<br />
ACr BCr DCr E<br />
= + + + (RII-3.22)<br />
t<br />
t<br />
Y(0)<br />
= C j<br />
; Y(1)<br />
= Cj<br />
− 1<br />
t<br />
∂C Y (0) =<br />
j<br />
∂ x<br />
t<br />
∂C Y (1) =<br />
j<br />
∂ x<br />
<br />
−1<br />
; .<br />
t<br />
∂C<br />
t+<br />
1 t t<br />
j−1<br />
j<br />
=<br />
1 j−1+ 2 j<br />
+<br />
3<br />
+<br />
4<br />
C aC a C a a<br />
∂x<br />
2<br />
1<br />
(3 2 )<br />
∂C<br />
t<br />
j<br />
∂x<br />
(RII-3.23)<br />
a = Cr − Cr<br />
(RII-3.24)<br />
a<br />
= 1− a<br />
(RII-3.25)<br />
2 1<br />
a = Cr −Cr Δ x<br />
(RII-3.26)<br />
2<br />
3<br />
(1 )<br />
a4 Cr(1 Cr)<br />
2<br />
=− − (RII-3.27)<br />
<strong>and</strong><br />
t+<br />
1<br />
t<br />
t<br />
j t<br />
t<br />
j−1<br />
j<br />
= bC<br />
1 j−1+ bC<br />
2 j<br />
+ b3 + b4<br />
∂C ∂C ∂C<br />
∂x ∂x ∂x<br />
(RII-3.28)<br />
b1 = 6 Cr( Cr−1)/<br />
Δ x<br />
(RII-3.29)<br />
b<br />
=− b<br />
(RII-3.30)<br />
2 1<br />
b3 = Cr(3Cr− 2)<br />
(RII-3.31)<br />
b4 = ( Cr−1)(3Cr− 1) . (RII-3.32)<br />
However this form is only valid for a constant velocity u . If u is not constant the velocities<br />
in the different cells <strong>and</strong> at different times have to be considered.<br />
n n n 1<br />
The velocity u<br />
*<br />
is determined by interpolation of u<br />
j − 1<br />
, u<br />
j<br />
, u + j<br />
.<br />
1 n n 1<br />
uj = ( uj + u +<br />
j )<br />
(RII-3.33)<br />
2<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich R II - 3.2-5<br />
Version 9/26/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
NUMERICS KERNEL<br />
( j<br />
θ ) ( 1 0)<br />
u = u + − u<br />
(RII-3.34)<br />
n n n<br />
− 1 j+<br />
1<br />
with<br />
θ =<br />
n<br />
ui<br />
x<br />
j−1<br />
Δt<br />
− x<br />
j<br />
(RII-3.35)<br />
1<br />
n<br />
u*<br />
= ( uj<br />
+ u )<br />
(RII-3.36)<br />
2<br />
Δt<br />
Cr = u*<br />
=<br />
Δx<br />
x<br />
2<br />
u<br />
− x<br />
n+<br />
1<br />
j<br />
+ u<br />
n<br />
j<br />
− u + u<br />
j−1<br />
j n n<br />
j−1<br />
j<br />
Δt<br />
(RII-3.37)<br />
3.2.2.4 Global bed material Conservation equation<br />
As the y direction is not considered, in the one dimensional case the mass conservation<br />
equation (Exner-equation) becomes:<br />
ng<br />
∂zB<br />
⎛ ∂qB<br />
⎞<br />
(1 − p) + ⎜ + sg<br />
− slg<br />
⎟=<br />
0<br />
∂t<br />
⎝ k = 1 ∂x<br />
⎠<br />
∑ (RII-3.38)<br />
q<br />
B<br />
is the sediment flux per unit channel width. Integrating equation (RII-3.38) over the<br />
channel width, hence multiplying everything by the channel width, the following equation is<br />
obtained:<br />
ng<br />
∂ASed<br />
⎛ ∂QB<br />
⎞<br />
(1 − p) + ⎜∑ + Sg<br />
− Slg<br />
⎟=<br />
0<br />
(RII-3.39)<br />
∂t<br />
⎝<br />
k=<br />
1<br />
∂x<br />
⎠<br />
The discretisation is effected exactly in the same way as for the hydraulic mass<br />
conservation.<br />
Equation (RII-3.39) is integrated over the element (Fig. 6):<br />
ng<br />
xiR<br />
⎛ ∂ASed<br />
⎛ ∂QB<br />
⎞⎞<br />
∫ ⎜(1 − p) + Sg<br />
Slg<br />
dx<br />
0<br />
x<br />
⎜∑<br />
+ − ⎟⎟<br />
=<br />
(RII-3.40)<br />
iL<br />
⎝ ∂t<br />
⎝ k = 1 ∂x<br />
⎠⎠<br />
The parts of the equation (RII-3.40) are discretized as follows:<br />
t+<br />
1 t<br />
xiR<br />
∂ASed , i<br />
ASed , i<br />
−ASed , i<br />
(1 − p) d x= (1 − p)<br />
Δx<br />
xiL<br />
∂t<br />
Δt<br />
ng<br />
∑<br />
∫<br />
(RII-3.41)<br />
Q<br />
Bi , ng ng<br />
xiR<br />
k = 1<br />
∫ d x= ∑QB( xiR) − ∑QB( xiL)<br />
=ΦB, iR<br />
−ΦB,<br />
iL<br />
(RII-3.42)<br />
xiL<br />
∂x<br />
k= 1 k=<br />
1<br />
ng ng ng<br />
xiR<br />
∑( Sg − Slg)dx= ∑S x<br />
g<br />
−∑Slg<br />
iL<br />
k= 1 k= 1 k=<br />
1<br />
∫<br />
(RII-3.43)<br />
R II - 3.2-6<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />
Version 9/26/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
NUMERICS KERNEL<br />
Φ<br />
BiL ,<br />
<strong>and</strong> Φ<br />
BiR ,<br />
are the bed load fluxes through the west <strong>and</strong> east side of the cell. Their<br />
determination will be discussed later (3.2.2.7).<br />
The change of the sediment area is thus calculated by:<br />
ng ng<br />
t+<br />
1 t Δt<br />
Δt<br />
⎛<br />
⎞<br />
Δ ASed = ASedi − ASedi = ( ΦB, iR<br />
−ΦB,<br />
iL ) − ⎜ Sg − Slg<br />
⎟<br />
Δxi<br />
Δxi<br />
⎝ k= 1 k=<br />
1 ⎠<br />
∑ ∑ (RII-3.44)<br />
As the result of the sediment balance is an area, the deposition or erosion height Δ zb<br />
has<br />
yet to be determined. The erosion or deposition is distributed over the wetted part of the<br />
cross section. If a bed bottom is defined the deposition height is equal <strong>and</strong> constant for all<br />
wetted slices. Only in the exterior slices the bed level difference is 0 where the cross<br />
section becomes dry. The repartition of the soil level change is illustrated in Fig. 26.<br />
Fig. 26: Distribution of sediment area change over the cross section<br />
The change of the bed level is calculated as follows:<br />
ΔA<br />
Δ zB<br />
=<br />
br<br />
bl<br />
2 2<br />
Sed<br />
+ +∑<br />
b<br />
i<br />
(RII-3.45)<br />
3.2.2.5 Bed material sorting equation<br />
The bed material sorting equation (RI-2.3) for 1d computation is reduced to:<br />
∂ ∂qB (1 − p) ( β )<br />
g<br />
ghB + + sg + sfg + slg<br />
= 0 (RII-3.46)<br />
∂t<br />
∂x<br />
Considering the whole width of the cross section <strong>and</strong> introducing an active layer area<br />
equation (RII-3.46) becomes:<br />
∂ ∂QB (1 − p) ( β )<br />
g<br />
gAB + + Sg + Sfg + Slg<br />
= 0<br />
∂t<br />
∂x<br />
Equation (RII-3.47) is integrated over the length of the control volume:<br />
A<br />
B<br />
,<br />
(RII-3.47)<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich R II - 3.2-7<br />
Version 9/26/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
NUMERICS KERNEL<br />
∫<br />
xiR<br />
⎛ ∂ ∂QB<br />
⎞<br />
g<br />
(1 − p) ( βgAB) + + Sg + Sfg + Slg<br />
dx=<br />
0<br />
xiL<br />
⎜<br />
∂t<br />
∂x<br />
⎟<br />
(RII-3.48)<br />
⎝<br />
⎠<br />
The different parts are discretized as follows:<br />
t+ 1 t 1 t t<br />
xiR<br />
βg A<br />
+ B<br />
− βgAB<br />
(1 − p) ∫ ( βgAB)d x= (1 − p)<br />
Δx<br />
(RII-3.49)<br />
xiL<br />
Δt<br />
∂Q x Q x Q x<br />
xiR<br />
Bg<br />
∫ d =<br />
B<br />
(<br />
iR<br />
) −<br />
B<br />
(<br />
iL)<br />
=Φg, iR<br />
−Φg,<br />
iL<br />
(RII-3.50)<br />
xiL<br />
∂x<br />
Then the new β<br />
g<br />
can be calculated:<br />
β<br />
⎛<br />
Δt<br />
Δt<br />
⎞<br />
= (1 − p) β A − ( Φ −Φ ) −( S −Sf −Sl ) /(1 − p) A )<br />
⎝<br />
⎠<br />
t+ 1 t t k k t+<br />
1<br />
gi ⎜<br />
gi B, i iR iL g g g ⎟<br />
B,<br />
i<br />
Δxi<br />
Δxi<br />
(RII-3.51)<br />
3.2.2.6 Exchange terms.<br />
The global bed material conservation equation (RII-3.39) has to be solved first, because its<br />
results are needed to solve the bed material sorting equation (RII-3.47), which contains Sf<br />
g<br />
.<br />
First of all the value of sediment area change is needed to determine the new topography.<br />
With the new topography it is possible to determine the new positions of the layer<br />
interfaces between the active layer <strong>and</strong> the first sub layer. For this purpose the first action is<br />
the determination of the new active layer height. If the computation is executed with<br />
constant h<br />
B<br />
, this value is given by the user <strong>and</strong> will not change. If, in contrast, the<br />
computation is executed with a variable h<br />
B<br />
, it must be determined as follows:<br />
If the bed level rises ( Δ z B<br />
> 0 ):<br />
h + = h +Δ z<br />
(RII-3.52)<br />
n 1 n<br />
B B B<br />
If the bed level drops ( Δ z B<br />
< 0 ):<br />
dl<br />
hB<br />
= 20Δ zB<br />
+<br />
nmβ<br />
(1 − p)<br />
∑<br />
dl is the smallest non mobile grain size <strong>and</strong><br />
fractions.<br />
(RII-3.53)<br />
∑ nmβ the sum of the not mobile sediment<br />
Sf<br />
g<br />
is the volume of material of grain class g which enters or leaves the active layer. It is<br />
determined by the displacement of the floor of the active layer: zF = zB − hB.<br />
∂<br />
n<br />
n+ 1 n+<br />
1 n<br />
Sfg =−(1 − p) ( zFβg) =−(1 −p)( zF βg −zF βg) / Δt<br />
(RII-3.54)<br />
∂t<br />
R II - 3.2-8<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />
Version 9/26/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
NUMERICS KERNEL<br />
If the floor of the active layer rises, the β of the active layer is determinant <strong>and</strong> if it<br />
n 1<br />
descends the β of the first sub layer. However the new value of the active layer β + is<br />
not known yet. For this reason an intermediate β is calculated omitting Sf<br />
g<br />
in equation<br />
n 1 int<br />
(RII-3.51). Then equation (RII-3.54) is solved with<br />
+ = . And finally:<br />
β<br />
Δt<br />
= β + Sf /(1 − p) A )<br />
t + 1 t + 1 t + 1<br />
gi gi g B,<br />
i<br />
Δxi<br />
β<br />
β<br />
(RII-3.55)<br />
3.2.2.7 Interpolation<br />
To solve the equations (RII-3.42) <strong>and</strong> (RII-3.50) the total bed load fluxes over the edges<br />
( Φ<br />
BiL ,<br />
, Φ<br />
BiR ,<br />
) <strong>and</strong> the fluxes for the single grain classes ( Q<br />
Bg<br />
, iL, Q<br />
Bg<br />
, iR) are needed, but the<br />
data for the computation of bed load are available only in the cross sections.<br />
For this reason the values on the edges are interpolated from the values calculated for the<br />
cross sections, depending on a weight choice of the user (θ ):<br />
Φ = ( θ ) Q + (1 − θ ) Q<br />
(RII-3.56)<br />
BiL , Bi , −1 Bi ,<br />
If all values for the computation of Q<br />
B<br />
by a bed load formula are taken from the cross<br />
section, the results of sediment transport tend to generate jags, as some effects of<br />
discretization accumulate instead of being counterbalanced. For this reason it has been<br />
preferred not to take all values from the same location. The local discharge Q is substituted<br />
by a mean discharge for the edge, computed with the discharges in the upstream <strong>and</strong><br />
downstream elements of the edge. This means that the bed load in a cross section will be<br />
calculated twice with different values of Q .<br />
3.2.3 Solution Procedure<br />
The solution procedure for the one dimensional sediment transport is described in chapter<br />
2.2.5 on page 2.2-9 of this manual.<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich R II - 3.2-9<br />
Version 9/26/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
NUMERICS KERNEL<br />
This page has been intentionally left blank.<br />
R II - 3.2-10<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />
Version 9/26/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
NUMERICS KERNEL<br />
3.3 Two Dimensional <strong>Sediment</strong> <strong>Transport</strong><br />
3.3.1 Spatial Discretization<br />
The Finite-Volume-Method has been also utilized to discritize the morphodynmic equations<br />
as it is done in hydrodynamic section. The vertical partition of a cell is shown in Fig. 23.<br />
3.3.2 Discrete Form of Equations<br />
3.3.2.1 Global Bed material Conservation Equation – Exner Equation<br />
Considering the Exner’s equation (RI-2.4) <strong>and</strong> using the FVM, it can be written in the<br />
following integral form<br />
∂z<br />
⎛∂q<br />
∂q<br />
⎞<br />
∂t ⎜ x y ⎟<br />
⎝ ∂ ∂ ⎠ Ω<br />
ng<br />
ng<br />
B<br />
Bg, x Bg,<br />
y<br />
( 1− p) ∫ dΩ+ ∫∑⎜<br />
+ ⎟dΩ= ∫ ∑( Slg<br />
−Sg)<br />
dΩ<br />
(RII-3.57)<br />
Ω<br />
Ω g= 1 g=<br />
1<br />
In which Ω is the same computational area as defined in hydrodynamic model (Fig. 12).<br />
Using the Gauss’ theory <strong>and</strong> assuming ∂z<br />
∂ t is constant over the element, one obtains<br />
z<br />
− z<br />
t<br />
1<br />
n+<br />
1 n ng ng<br />
B B<br />
( 1− p) + ( qB , xnx + qB , yny) dl = ( Slg −Sg)<br />
Δ Ω ∑ ∑<br />
g<br />
g<br />
g= 1 ∂Ω<br />
g=<br />
1<br />
b<br />
∫<br />
(RII-3.58)<br />
Where n<br />
x<br />
<strong>and</strong> n<br />
y<br />
are components of the unit normal vector of the edge in x <strong>and</strong> y direction<br />
respectively.<br />
Again here, the key problem is the estimation of the normal bedload fluxes through each<br />
edges of a element. Exner equation has also inherent hyperbolic nature. Consequently an<br />
algorithm based on an upwind method is appropriate to determine the bedload flux over<br />
edges. We have consider a simple flux solver as<br />
( θ ) ( 1 θ ) 0.5α<br />
( )<br />
qB, i+ 1 2<br />
=<br />
up<br />
qB, L<br />
+ −<br />
up<br />
qB, R<br />
−<br />
s<br />
ΔzB, R<br />
−Δ zB,<br />
L<br />
(RII-3.59)<br />
Where θ<br />
up<br />
is the upwind factor <strong>and</strong> α s<br />
is the bedload wave speed. Unfortunately the<br />
specific bedlaod flux q B<br />
is not a direct function of z B<br />
which causes some difficulties in<br />
computing an accurate approximation of the bedload wave speed. We have used a semiempirical<br />
equation for the bedload speed based on Zhilin Sun <strong>and</strong> John Donahue’<br />
suggestion (Sun <strong>and</strong> Donahue 2000) as<br />
( θ<br />
0<br />
θ<br />
, ) ( )<br />
V = 7.5 −C s− 1 gd<br />
(RII-3.60)<br />
B g cr g g<br />
Where C<br />
0<br />
= coeffiecient less than 1, s = specific density of bedload material. Since the<br />
bedload flux functions are emperical equations <strong>and</strong> derived through different ways, they are<br />
not necessarily in complete agreement with the bed velocity equation. Therefore we add an<br />
additional calibration diffusion coefficient to the system as follow<br />
( V<br />
,<br />
V<br />
, )<br />
α = α ⋅ max ,<br />
(RII-3.61)<br />
s c B L B R<br />
Where<br />
α<br />
c<br />
is 0.001 ~ 0.005.<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich R II - 3.3-1<br />
Version 9/26/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
NUMERICS KERNEL<br />
3.3.2.2 Bed Material Sorting Equation<br />
The bed material sorting equation (RI-2.3) is also descritized using FVM. The descritized<br />
form is<br />
n+<br />
1<br />
n<br />
g<br />
− hmβg n<br />
n *<br />
B x x B y y g g<br />
t<br />
∂Ω<br />
hmβ<br />
1− p + q n + q n dl+ S − Sf = 0<br />
Δ Ω ∫ (RII-3.62)<br />
( ) ( ) ( ) 1<br />
( , , )<br />
g<br />
g<br />
The active layer thickness has been already computed, before the new values of fractions<br />
are calculated through the Eq. (RII-3.62).<br />
3.3.2.3 Source Terms<br />
The source terms S<br />
g<br />
<strong>and</strong> Sl<br />
g<br />
are independent terms which can be added directly to the<br />
equations. The term Sf<br />
g<br />
is a time dependent source term <strong>and</strong> a function of fractions <strong>and</strong><br />
active layer thickness values. Therefore it has been h<strong>and</strong>led in a special form, in order to<br />
consider the time variation of the parameters. For this first the fractions are updated without<br />
Sf , then the fractions advanced values are used to compute the source term.<br />
β<br />
g<br />
1<br />
⎛<br />
( β )<br />
Δt<br />
Δt<br />
⎞<br />
∫ (RII-3.63)<br />
⎟<br />
⎠<br />
n<br />
n+<br />
1/2<br />
n<br />
n<br />
g<br />
= hm<br />
1<br />
g ( qB , , ) d<br />
g xnx qB g yn n<br />
y<br />
l S<br />
+<br />
g<br />
hm ⎜<br />
− + −<br />
( 1− p) Ω ( 1−<br />
p<br />
∂Ω<br />
)<br />
⎝<br />
n 1/2<br />
The advance value β + g<br />
is used for the Sf<br />
g<br />
as<br />
(( ) ( ) )<br />
n+ 1 n+ 1<br />
1/2 n+ 1 n+ 1 n+<br />
1/2 n n n<br />
βg = βg − z<br />
n 1 B<br />
−hm βg − zB − hm β<br />
+<br />
g<br />
(RII-3.64)<br />
hm<br />
3.3.3 Solution Procedure<br />
The manner - uncoupled, semi coupled or fully coupled - to solve equations (RI-1.34), (RI-2.3)<br />
<strong>and</strong> (RI-2.4) or appropriate derivatives with minor corrections has been often discussed over<br />
the last decade. A good overview is given by Kassem <strong>and</strong> Chaudhry (1998) or Cao et al.<br />
(2002). Uncoupled models are often blamed for their lacking of physical <strong>and</strong> numerical<br />
considerations. Vice versa coupled models are said to be very inefficient in computational<br />
effort <strong>and</strong> accordingly inapplicable for practical use. Kassem <strong>and</strong> Chaudhry (1998) showed<br />
that the difference of results calculated by coupled <strong>and</strong> semi coupled models is negligible. In<br />
addition Belleudy (2000) found that uncoupled solutions have nearly identical performance to<br />
coupled solutions even near critical flow conditions. Furthermore, the increasing difficulties<br />
<strong>and</strong> stability problems of coupled models that have to be expected when applying<br />
complicated sediment transport formulas or simulating multiple grain size classes are to be<br />
mentioned.<br />
According to the preliminary state of this project the model with uncoupled solution of the<br />
water <strong>and</strong> sediment conservation equations has been chosen. This requires the assumption<br />
that changes in bed elevation <strong>and</strong> grain size distributions at the bed surface during one<br />
computational time step have to be slow compared to changes of the fluid variables, which<br />
R II - 3.3-2<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />
Version 9/26/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
NUMERICS KERNEL<br />
dictates an upper limit on the computational time step. Consequently, the asynchronous<br />
solution procedure as depicted in Fig. 27 <strong>and</strong> described in Fig. 20 is justified: flow <strong>and</strong><br />
sediment transport equations are solved uncoupled throughout the entire simulation period,<br />
i.e. with calculation of the flow field at the beginning of a given time step based on current<br />
bed topography <strong>and</strong> ensuing multiple sediment transport calculations based on the same<br />
flow field until the end of the respective time step. Thus the given duration of a calculation<br />
cycle Δ tseq<br />
(overall time step) consists of one hydraulic time step Δ th<br />
<strong>and</strong> a resulting<br />
number of time steps Δ t for sediment transport (see Fig. 28).<br />
s<br />
Shallow Water Equations<br />
Δt h<br />
Load Boundary Condition<br />
compute:<br />
Waterlevel <strong>and</strong> Discharge<br />
Δt seq<br />
Mobile Bed Equations<br />
Load Boundary Condition<br />
compute:<br />
Bed Load<br />
Grain Size Distribution<br />
Change of Bed Elevation<br />
Friction Factor<br />
Δt s<br />
Fig. 27: Uncoupled asynchronous solution procedure consisting of sequential steps<br />
Δt seq<br />
Δt h Δt s Δt s . . . . . Δt s<br />
Fig. 28: Composition of the given overall calculation time step<br />
Δ tseq<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich R II - 3.3-3<br />
Version 9/26/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
NUMERICS KERNEL<br />
This page has been intentionally left blank.<br />
R II - 3.3-4<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />
Version 9/26/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
NUMERICS KERNEL<br />
4 Time Discretization <strong>and</strong> Stability Issues<br />
4.1 Explicit Schemes<br />
4.1.1 Euler First Order<br />
The time discretization method applied in BASEplane is based on Euler first order method.<br />
According the method the full discretized equations are<br />
( )<br />
n 1 n<br />
U U U<br />
+ i<br />
=<br />
i<br />
+ RES<br />
n 1<br />
B<br />
n<br />
B<br />
( , )<br />
z + = z + RES U d<br />
( , , )<br />
β<br />
+ = β + RES U d hm<br />
n 1 n<br />
g g g<br />
Where the RES (..) is the summation of fluxes <strong>and</strong> source terms.<br />
4.2 Determination of Time Step Size<br />
4.2.1 Hydrodynamic<br />
The hydraulic time step is determined according the restriction based on the Courant<br />
number. In case of 2d model the Courant number was defined as follow.<br />
CFL =<br />
( )<br />
2 + 2 +<br />
u v c L<br />
ΔΩ t<br />
(RII-3.65)<br />
Where L is the length of an edge. In general the CFL number has to be smaller than<br />
unity.<br />
4.2.2 <strong>Sediment</strong> <strong>Transport</strong><br />
For the sediment transport another condition c >> c 3 holds true, which states that the wave<br />
speed of water c is much larger than the expansion velocity c 3 of a bottom discontinuity (eg.<br />
DeVries (1966)). Since the value of c 3 depends on multiple processes like bed load, lateral<br />
<strong>and</strong> gravity induced transport, its definitive determination is not obvious. Therefore the<br />
global time steps have been adopted based on the hydrodynamic condition.<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich R II - 4.2-1<br />
Version 9/26/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
NUMERICS KERNEL<br />
This page has been intentionally left blank.<br />
R II - 4.2-2<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />
Version 9/26/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
NUMERICS KERNEL<br />
References<br />
Belleudy, P. (2000). "Numerical simulation of sediment mixture deposition part 1: analysis of<br />
a flume experiment." Journal of Hydraulic Research, 38(6), 417-425.<br />
Borah, D. K., Alonso, C. V., <strong>and</strong> Prasad, S. N. (1982). "Routing Graded <strong>Sediment</strong>s in Streams<br />
- Formulations." Journal of the Hydraulics Division-Asce, 108(12), 1486-1503.<br />
Cao, Z., Day, R., <strong>and</strong> Egashira, S. (2002). "Coupled <strong>and</strong> Decoupled Numerical Modeling of<br />
Flow <strong>and</strong> Morphological Evolution in Alluvial Rivers." Journal of Hydraulic<br />
Engineering, 128(3), 306-321.<br />
Chanson, H. (1999). The Hydraulics of Open Channel Flow. Butterworth-Heinemann.<br />
Chen, Y. P., <strong>and</strong> Falconer, R. A. (1992). "Advection Diffusion Modeling Using the Modified<br />
Quick Scheme." International Journal for Numerical Methods in Fluids, 15(10), 1171-<br />
1196.<br />
Delis, A. I., Skeels, C. P., <strong>and</strong> Ryrie, S. C. (2000). "Evaluation of some approximate Riemann<br />
solvers for transient open channel flows." Journal of Hydraulic Research, 38(3), 217-<br />
231.<br />
DeVries, M. (1966). "Application of Luminophores in S<strong>and</strong>transport – Studies." 39, Delft<br />
Hydraulics Laboratory, Delft, Netherl<strong>and</strong>s.<br />
Glaister, P. (1988). "Approximate Riemann Solutions of the Shallow-Water Equations."<br />
Journal of Hydraulic Research, 26(3), 293-306.<br />
Godunov, S. K. (1959). "A difference method for numerical calculation of discontinuous<br />
solutions of the equations of hydrodynamics." Mat. Sb. (N.S.), 47 (89), 271--306.<br />
Harten, A., Lax, P. D., <strong>and</strong> Vanleer, B. (1983). "On Upstream Differencing <strong>and</strong> Godunov-Type<br />
Schemes for Hyperbolic Conservation-Laws." Siam Review, 25(1), 35-61.<br />
Hinton, E., <strong>and</strong> Owen, D. R. J. (1979). An Introduction to Finite Element Computations,<br />
Pineridge Press, Swansea.<br />
Holly, F. M., <strong>and</strong> Preissmann, A. (1977). "Accurate Calculation of <strong>Transport</strong> in 2 Dimensions."<br />
Journal of the Hydraulics Division-Asce, 103(11), 1259-1277.<br />
Kassem, A. A., <strong>and</strong> Chaudhry, M. H. (1998). "Comparison of coupled <strong>and</strong> semicoupled<br />
numerical models for alluvial channels." Journal of Hydraulic Engineering-Asce,<br />
124(8), 794-802.<br />
Komai, S., <strong>and</strong> Bechteler, W. "An Improved, Robust Implicit Solution for the Two<br />
Dimensional Shallow Water Equations on Unstructured Grids." River Flow 2004,<br />
Napoli, Italy.<br />
Leonard, B. P. (1979). "Stable <strong>and</strong> Accurate Convective Modeling Procedure Based on<br />
Quadratic Upstream Interpolation." Computer Methods in Applied Mechanics <strong>and</strong><br />
Engineering, 19(1), 59-98.<br />
Nujić, M. (1998). "Praktischer Einsatz eines hochgenauen Verfahrens für die Berechnung von<br />
tiefengemittelten Strömungen," Universität der Bundeswehr München, München.<br />
Osher, S., <strong>and</strong> Solomon, F. (1982). "Upwind Difference-Schemes for Hyperbolic Systems of<br />
Conservation-Laws." Mathematics of Computation, 38(158), 339-374.<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />
Version 9/26/2006<br />
R II - References
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
NUMERICS KERNEL<br />
Roe, P. L. (1981). "Approximate Riemann Solvers, Parameter Vectors, <strong>and</strong> Difference-<br />
Schemes." Journal of Computational Physics, 43(2), 357-372.<br />
Sun, Z. L., <strong>and</strong> Donahue, J. (2000). "Statistically derived bedload formula for any fraction of<br />
nonuniform sediment." Journal of Hydraulic Engineering-Asce, 126(2), 105-111.<br />
Toro, E. F. (1997). Riemann Solvers <strong>and</strong> Numerical Methods for Fluid Dynamics, Springer-<br />
Verlag, Berlin.<br />
Toro, E. F. (2001). Shock-Capturing Methods for Free-Surface Shallow Flows, John Wiley &<br />
Sons, Ltd., U.K.<br />
Vanleer, B. "Flux Vector Splitting for the Euler Equations." 8th Int. Conf. On Numer. Methods<br />
in Fluid Dynamics, 507-512.<br />
R II - 4<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />
Version 9/26/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
TEST CASES<br />
Table of Contents<br />
1 Hydraulic<br />
1.1 Common Test Cases.......................................................................................... 1.1-1<br />
1.1.1 H_1 : Dam break in a closed channel ........................................................... 1.1-1<br />
1.1.2 H_2 : One dimensional dam break on planar bed ........................................ 1.1-3<br />
1.1.3 H_3 : One dimensional dam break on sloped bed ....................................... 1.1-4<br />
1.2 BASEchain Specific Test Cases ........................................................................ 1.2-1<br />
1.2.1 H_BC_1 : Fluid at rest in a closed channel with strongly varying geometry 1.2-1<br />
1.3 BASEplane Specific Test Cases........................................................................ 1.3-1<br />
1.3.1 H_BP_1 : Rest Water in a closed area with strong variational bottom ........ 1.3-1<br />
1.3.2 H_BP_2 : Rest Water in a closed area with partially wet elements ............. 1.3-3<br />
1.3.3 H_BP_3 : Dam break within strongly bended geometry .............................. 1.3-5<br />
1.3.4 H_BP_4 : Malpasset dam break ................................................................... 1.3-7<br />
2 <strong>Sediment</strong> <strong>Transport</strong><br />
2.1 Common Test Cases.......................................................................................... 2.1-1<br />
2.1.1 ST_1 : Soni et al: Aggradation due to overloading........................................ 2.1-1<br />
2.1.2 ST_2 : Saiedi ................................................................................................. 2.1-3<br />
2.1.3 ST_3 : Guenter.............................................................................................. 2.1-4<br />
3 Results of Hydraulic Test Cases<br />
3.1 Common Test Cases.......................................................................................... 3.1-1<br />
3.1.1 H_1: Dam break in a closed channel ............................................................ 3.1-1<br />
3.1.2 H_2: One dimensional dambreak on planar bed........................................... 3.1-2<br />
3.1.3 H_3: One dimensional dam break on sloped bed ........................................ 3.1-4<br />
3.2 BASEchain Specific Test Cases ........................................................................ 3.2-1<br />
3.2.1 H_BC_1: Fluid at rest in a closed channel with strongly varying geometry .3.2-1<br />
3.3 BASEplane Specific Test Cases........................................................................ 3.3-1<br />
3.3.1 H_BP_1: Rest water in a closed area with strong variational bottom .......... 3.3-1<br />
3.3.2 H_BP_2: Rest Water in a closed area with partially wet elements .............. 3.3-1<br />
3.3.3 H_BP_3 : Dam break within strongly bended geometry .............................. 3.3-1<br />
3.3.4 H_BP_4 : Malpasset dam break ................................................................... 3.3-4<br />
4 Results of <strong>Sediment</strong> <strong>Transport</strong> Test Cases<br />
4.1 Common Test Cases.......................................................................................... 4.1-1<br />
4.1.1 ST_1: Soni..................................................................................................... 4.1-1<br />
4.1.2 ST_2: Saiedi .................................................................................................. 4.1-2<br />
4.1.3 ST_3: Guenter............................................................................................... 4.1-4<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />
Version 6/21/2006<br />
R III - i
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
TEST CASES<br />
List of Figures<br />
Fig. 1: Dam break in a closed channel..........................................................................................1.1-2<br />
Fig. 2: One dimensional dam break on planar bed .......................................................................1.1-3<br />
Fig. 3: One dimensional dam break on sloped bed........................................................................1.1-4<br />
Fig. 4: Top view: cross-sections ....................................................................................................1.2-1<br />
Fig. 5:<br />
Bed topography <strong>and</strong> water surface elevation....................................................................1.2-1<br />
Fig. 6: H_BP_1: Rest Water in a closed area with strong variational bottom..............................1.3-2<br />
Fig. 7: H_BP_2: Rest Water in a closed area with partially wet elements....................................1.3-3<br />
Fig. 8: Computational grid for test case H_BP_2 .........................................................................1.3-4<br />
Fig. 9: H_BP_3: Strongly bended channel (horizontal projection <strong>and</strong> cross-section)..................1.3-5<br />
Fig. 10: H_BP_4: Computational area of the malpasset dam break...............................................1.3-7<br />
Fig. 11: H_1: Initial <strong>and</strong> final water surface elevation (BC & BP)................................................3.1-1<br />
Fig. 12: H_2: Water surface elevation after 20 s (BC)....................................................................3.1-2<br />
Fig. 13: H_2: Distribution of discharge after 20 s (BC)..................................................................3.1-2<br />
Fig. 14: H_2: Flow depth 20 sec after dam break (BP) ...................................................................3.1-3<br />
Fig. 15: H_2: Discharge 20 sec after dam break (BP)....................................................................3.1-3<br />
Fig. 16: H_3: Water surface elevation after 10 s (BC)....................................................................3.1-4<br />
Fig. 17: H_3: Temporal behaviour of water depth at x = 70.1 m (BC)...........................................3.1-4<br />
Fig. 18: H_3: Temporal behavior of water depth at x = 85.4 m (BC).............................................3.1-5<br />
Fig. 19: H_3: Cross sectional water level after 10 s simulation time (BP) .....................................3.1-5<br />
Fig. 20: H_3: Chronological sequence of water depth at point x = 70.1 m (BP)............................3.1-6<br />
Fig. 21: H_3: Chronological sequence of water depth at point x = 85.4 m (BP)............................3.1-6<br />
Fig. 22: H_BP_3: Water level <strong>and</strong> velocity vectors 5 seconds after the dam break........................3.3-2<br />
Fig. 23: H_BP_3: Water surface elevation at G1............................................................................3.3-2<br />
Fig. 24: H_BP_3: Water surface elevation at G3............................................................................3.3-3<br />
Fig. 25: H_BP_3: Water surface elevation at G5............................................................................3.3-3<br />
Fig. 26: H_BP_5: Comparison of the water level at point G5 for a coarse <strong>and</strong> a dense grid.........3.3-4<br />
Fig. 27: H_BP_4: Computed water depth <strong>and</strong> velocities 300 seconds after the dam break............3.3-5<br />
Fig. 28: H_BP_4: Computed <strong>and</strong> observed water surface elevation at different control points.....3.3-5<br />
Fig. 29: ST_1: Soni Test with MPM-factor = 8.21 (BC) .................................................................4.1-1<br />
R III - ii<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />
Version 6/21/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
TEST CASES<br />
Fig. 30: ST_2: Saiedi Test 1(BC).....................................................................................................4.1-2<br />
Fig. 31: ST_2: Saiedi Test 2, with MPM-factor = 50 (BC) ..............................................................4.1-3<br />
Fig. 32: ST_3: Guenter Test: equilibrium bed level (BC)................................................................4.1-4<br />
Fig. 33: ST_3: Guenter Test: grain size distribution (BC) ..............................................................4.1-5<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />
Version 6/21/2006<br />
R III - iii
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
TEST CASES<br />
This page has been intentionally left blank.<br />
R III - iv<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />
Version 6/21/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
TEST CASES<br />
III TEST CASES<br />
The test catalogue is intended for the validation of the program. The catalogue consists of<br />
different test cases, their geometric <strong>and</strong> hydraulic fundamentals <strong>and</strong> the reference data for<br />
the comparison with the computed results. The test cases are built on each other going<br />
from easy to more <strong>and</strong> more complex problems. First, the hydraulic solver is validated<br />
against analytical <strong>and</strong> experimental solutions using the test cases in chapter 1. In a second<br />
part, the sediment transport module is tested against some simple experimental test cases<br />
described in chapter 2. Common test cases are suitable for both, 1D <strong>and</strong> 2D simulations.<br />
Specific test cases are intended for either 1D or 2D simulations. In chapter 3, the simulation<br />
results for all test cases are presented.<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich R III - 1<br />
Version 6/21/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
TEST CASES<br />
This page has been intentionally left blank.<br />
R III - 2<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />
Version 6/21/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
TEST CASES<br />
1 Hydraulic<br />
1.1 Common Test Cases<br />
1.1.1 H_1 : Dam break in a closed channel<br />
1.1.1.1 Intention<br />
The most simple test case checks for the conservation property of the fluid phase <strong>and</strong><br />
whether a stable condition can be reached for all control volumes after a finite time.<br />
Additionally, wet <strong>and</strong> dry problematic is tested.<br />
1.1.1.2 Description<br />
Consider a rectangular flume without sediment. The basin is initially filled in the half length<br />
with a certain water depth leaving the other side dry. After starting the simulation, the water<br />
flows in the other half of the system until it reaches a quiescent state (velocity = 0, half of<br />
initial water surface elevation (WSE) everywhere).<br />
1.1.1.3 Geometry <strong>and</strong> Initial Conditions<br />
Initial Condition: water at rest (all velocities zero), the water surface elevation is the same on<br />
the half of channel. This test uses a WSE of = 5.0 m. z S<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich R III - 1.1-1<br />
Version 6/21/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
TEST CASES<br />
Fig. 1: Dam break in a closed channel<br />
1.1.1.4 Boundary Conditions<br />
No inflow <strong>and</strong> outflow. All of the boundaries are considered as a wall.<br />
Friction: Manning’s factor = 0.010 n<br />
R III - 1.1-2<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />
Version 6/21/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
TEST CASES<br />
1.1.2 H_2 : One dimensional dam break on planar bed<br />
1.1.2.1 Intention<br />
This test case is similar to the previous one but this one compares the WSE a short time<br />
after release of the dam with an analytical solution for this frictionless problem. It is based<br />
on the verification of a 1-D transcritical flow model in channels by Tseng (1999).<br />
1.1.2.2 Description<br />
A planar, frictionless rectangular flume has initially a dam in the middle. On the one side,<br />
water level is h2<br />
, on the other side, water level is at h1<br />
. At the beginning, the dam is<br />
removed <strong>and</strong> a wave is propagating towards the shallow water. The shape of the wave<br />
depends on the fraction of water depths ( h2/<br />
h<br />
1)<br />
<strong>and</strong> can be compared to an analytical,<br />
exact solution.<br />
1.1.2.3 Geometry <strong>and</strong> Initial Conditions<br />
Two cases are considered:<br />
- h2 h<br />
1<br />
= 0.001 ; h 1<br />
= 10.0 m (this avoids problems with wet/dry areas)<br />
- h2 h<br />
1<br />
= 0.000 ; h 1<br />
= 10.0 m (downstream is initially dry)<br />
The dam is exactly in the middle of channel.<br />
Since it is a one dimensional problem, it should not depend on the width of the model,<br />
which can be chosen arbitrary.<br />
Fig. 2: One dimensional dam break on planar bed<br />
1.1.2.4 Boundary Conditions<br />
All cases are frictionless, Manning factor n=0.<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich R III - 1.1-3<br />
Version 6/21/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
TEST CASES<br />
1.1.3 H_3 : One dimensional dam break on sloped bed<br />
1.1.3.1 Intention<br />
Different from the previous cases, this problem uses a sloped bed with friction. The aim is<br />
to reproduce an accurate wave front in time. It is based on the verification of a 1-D<br />
transcritical flow model in channels by Tseng (1999).<br />
1.1.3.2 Description<br />
In the middle of a slightly sloped flume, an initial dam is removed at time zero (see Fig. 3).<br />
The wave propagates downwards. Comparison data comes from an experimental work.<br />
Friction is accounted for with a Strickler roughness factor estimated from the experiment.<br />
1.1.3.3 Geometry <strong>and</strong> Initial Conditions<br />
Length of flume:<br />
Width of flume:<br />
Slope:<br />
Initial water level:<br />
122 m<br />
1.22 m<br />
0.61 m / 122 m<br />
0.035 m (at the dam location)<br />
Fig. 3: One dimensional dam break on sloped bed<br />
1.1.3.4 Boundary Conditions<br />
Strickler friction factor: 0.009<br />
No inflow/outflow. Boundaries are considered as walls.<br />
R III - 1.1-4<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />
Version 6/21/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
TEST CASES<br />
1.2 BASEchain Specific Test Cases<br />
1.2.1 H_BC_1 : Fluid at rest in a closed channel with strongly varying geometry<br />
1.2.1.1 Intention<br />
This test case checks for the conservation of momentum. Numerical artefacts (mostly due<br />
to geometrical reasons) could generate impulse waves although there is no acting force.<br />
1.2.1.2 Description<br />
The computational area consists of a rectangular channel with varying bed topology <strong>and</strong><br />
different cross-sections. The fluid is initially at rest with a constant water surface elevation<br />
<strong>and</strong> there is no acting force. There should be no changes of the WSE in time.<br />
1.2.1.3 Geometry <strong>and</strong> Initial Conditions<br />
The cross sections <strong>and</strong> bed topology were chosen as in Fig. 4 <strong>and</strong> Fig. 5. Notice the strong<br />
variations within the geometry. The water surface elevation is set to z s<br />
= 12 m.<br />
30<br />
20<br />
10<br />
y [m]<br />
0<br />
-10<br />
-20<br />
-30<br />
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500<br />
x [m]<br />
Fig. 4: Top view: cross-sections<br />
14<br />
height [m]<br />
12<br />
10<br />
8<br />
6<br />
4<br />
bed level<br />
water surface elevation<br />
2<br />
0<br />
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500<br />
x [m]<br />
Fig. 5:<br />
Bed topography <strong>and</strong> water surface elevation<br />
1.2.1.4 Boundary Conditions<br />
All boundaries are considered as walls. There is no friction acting.<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich R III - 1.2-1<br />
Version 6/21/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
TEST CASES<br />
1.3 BASEplane Specific Test Cases<br />
1.3.1 H_BP_1 : Rest Water in a closed area with strong variational bottom<br />
1.3.1.1 Intention<br />
This test in two dimensions checks for the conservation of momentum. Numerical artefacts<br />
(mostly due to geometrical reasons) could generate impulse waves although there is no<br />
acting force.<br />
1.3.1.2 Intention<br />
The computational area consists of a rectangular channel with varying bed topology. The<br />
fluid is initially at rest with a constant water surface elevation <strong>and</strong> there is no acting force.<br />
There should be no changes of the WSE in time.<br />
1.3.1.3 Geometry <strong>and</strong> Initial Conditions<br />
Initial Condition: totally rest water, the WSE is the same <strong>and</strong> constant over the domain. The<br />
WSE can be varied e.g. from z (min) = 0.8 to z (max) 3.0 m .<br />
S<br />
S<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich R III - 1.3-1<br />
Version 6/21/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
TEST CASES<br />
Fig. 6: H_BP_1: Rest Water in a closed area with strong variational bottom<br />
1.3.1.4 Boundary Conditions<br />
No inflow <strong>and</strong> outflow. All of the boundaries are considered as a wall.<br />
Friction: Manning’s factor n = 0.015<br />
R III - 1.3-2<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />
Version 6/21/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
TEST CASES<br />
1.3.2 H_BP_2 : Rest Water in a closed area with partially wet elements<br />
1.3.2.1 Intention<br />
This test case checks the behaviour of partially wet control volumes. The wave front<br />
respectively the border wet/dry is always the weak point in a hydraulic computation. There<br />
should be no momentum due the partially wet elements.<br />
1.3.2.2 Description<br />
In a sloped, rectangular channel, the WSE is chosen to be small enough to allow for partially<br />
wet elements. The water is at rest <strong>and</strong> no acting force is present.<br />
1.3.2.3 Geometry <strong>and</strong> Initial Conditions<br />
Initial Condition: totally rest water, the WSE is the same <strong>and</strong> constant over the whole<br />
domain. The WSE is = 1.9 m . z S<br />
Fig. 7: H_BP_2: Rest Water in a closed area with partially wet elements<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich R III - 1.3-3<br />
Version 6/21/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
TEST CASES<br />
1.3.2.4 Boundary Conditions<br />
No inflow <strong>and</strong> outflow. All of the boundaries are considered as a wall.<br />
Friction: Manning’s factor n = 0.015.<br />
The mesh (grid) can be considered as following pictures. In this form, the partially wet cells<br />
(elements) can be h<strong>and</strong>led.<br />
Fig. 8: Computational grid for test case H_BP_2<br />
R III - 1.3-4<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />
Version 6/21/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
TEST CASES<br />
1.3.3 H_BP_3 : Dam break within strongly bended geometry<br />
1.3.3.1 Intention<br />
This test case challenges the 2D code. The geometry permits a strongly two dimensional<br />
embossed flow. The results are compared against experimental measurements at certain<br />
control points.<br />
1.3.3.2 Description<br />
In a two-dimensional geometry with a jump in bed topology, a gate between reservoir <strong>and</strong><br />
some outflow channel is removed at the beginning. The bended channel is initially dry <strong>and</strong><br />
has a free outflow discharge as boundary condition at the downstream end.<br />
1.3.3.3 Geometry <strong>and</strong> Initial Conditions<br />
The geometry is described in Fig. 9. G1 to G6 are the measurement control points for the<br />
water elevation.<br />
Initial condition is a fluid at rest with a water surface elevation of 0.2 m above the channels<br />
ground. The channel itself is dry from water. At t =0, the gate between reservoir <strong>and</strong> gate is<br />
removed.<br />
Fig. 9: H_BP_3: Strongly bended channel (horizontal projection <strong>and</strong> cross-section)<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich R III - 1.3-5<br />
Version 6/21/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
TEST CASES<br />
1.3.3.4 Boundary Conditions<br />
No inflow. At the downstream end of the channel, a free outflow condition is employed. All<br />
other boundaries are considered as walls.<br />
The friction factor is set to 0.0095 (measured under stationary conditions) for the whole<br />
computational domain.<br />
R III - 1.3-6<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />
Version 6/21/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
TEST CASES<br />
1.3.4 H_BP_4 : Malpasset dam break<br />
1.3.4.1 Intention<br />
This final hydraulic test case is the well known real world data set from the Malpasset dam<br />
break in France. The complex geometry, high velocities, often <strong>and</strong> sudden wet-dry changes<br />
<strong>and</strong> the good documentation allow for a fundamental evaluation of the hydraulic code.<br />
1.3.4.2 Description<br />
The Malpasset dam was a doubly-curved equal angle arch type with variable radius. It<br />
breached on December 2 nd , 1959 all of a sudden. The entire wall collapsed nearly<br />
completely what makes this event unique. The breach created a water flood wall 40 meters<br />
high <strong>and</strong> moving at 70 km/h. After 20 minutes, the flood reached the village Frejus <strong>and</strong> still<br />
had 3 m depth. The time of the breach <strong>and</strong> the flood wave can be exactly reconstructed, as<br />
the time is known, when the power of different stations switched off.<br />
1.3.4.3 Geometry <strong>and</strong> Initial Conditions<br />
Fig. 11 shows the computational grid used for the simulation. The points represent<br />
“measurement” stations. The initial water surface elevation in the storage lake is set to<br />
+100.0 m.a.s.l. <strong>and</strong> in the downstream lake to 0.0 m.a.s.l. The area downstream of the wall<br />
is initially dry. At t =0, the dam is removed.<br />
Fig. 10: H_BP_4: Computational area of the malpasset dam break<br />
1.3.4.4 Boundary Conditions<br />
The computational grid was constructed to be large enough for the water to stay within the<br />
bounds. Friction is accounted for by a Manning factor of 0.033.<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich R III - 1.3-7<br />
Version 6/21/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
TEST CASES<br />
This page has been intentionally left blank.<br />
R III - 1.3-8<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />
Version 6/21/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
TEST CASES<br />
2 <strong>Sediment</strong> <strong>Transport</strong><br />
2.1 Common Test Cases<br />
2.1.1 ST_1 : Soni et al: Aggradation due to overloading<br />
2.1.1.1 Intention<br />
This validation case is intended to reproduce equilibrium conditions for steady flow followed<br />
by simple aggradation due to sediment overloading at the upstream end. The test is suitable<br />
for 1D <strong>and</strong> 2D simulations <strong>and</strong> uses one single grain size.<br />
2.1.1.2 Description<br />
Soni et al. (1980) <strong>and</strong> Soni (1981) performed a series of experiments dealing with<br />
aggradation. With this particular test, they determined the coefficients a <strong>and</strong> b of the<br />
empirical power law for sediment transport. This test has been used by many researchers as<br />
validation for numerical techniques containing sediment transport phenomenas (see e.g.<br />
Kassem <strong>and</strong> Chaudhry (1998), Soulis (2002) <strong>and</strong> Vasquez et al.( 2005)).<br />
The experiments were realized within a rectangular laboratory flume. First, a uniform<br />
equilibrium flow is established as starting condition. Then sediment overloading starts<br />
resulting in aggradation.<br />
2.1.1.3 Geometry <strong>and</strong> general data<br />
Length of flume<br />
Width of flume<br />
Median grain size<br />
2.1.1.4 Equilibrium experiments<br />
l<br />
f<br />
20 [m]<br />
w<br />
f<br />
0.2 [m]<br />
d 0.32 [mm]<br />
Relative density s 2.65 []<br />
Porosity p 0.4 []<br />
Totally, a number of 24 experiments with different initial slopes have been performed by<br />
Soni. Measured values are equilibrium water depth h eq<br />
<strong>and</strong> the sediments equilibrium<br />
discharge qBeq<br />
,<br />
. The flow velocity ueq<br />
has been computed manually by Soni.<br />
Concerning initial conditions for the equilibrium runs, “the flume was filled with sediment up<br />
to a depth of 0.15m <strong>and</strong> then was given the desired slope”. The equilibrium is reached,<br />
when a uniform flow has established respectively “when the measured bed- <strong>and</strong> water<br />
surface profiles were parallel to each other.” In the average, the equilibrium needed about 4<br />
to 6 hours to develop.<br />
m<br />
S<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich R III - 2.1-1<br />
Version 6/21/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
TEST CASES<br />
Boundary conditions are for<br />
water flow: constant upstream flow discharge q Bin ,<br />
<strong>and</strong> a weir on level 0 at the downstream<br />
end. Alternatively, a ghost cell may be used downstream, where the total flux into the last<br />
cell leaves the computational domain.<br />
<strong>Sediment</strong>: periodic boundary conditions are applied. The inflow q Bin ,<br />
upstream equals the<br />
outflow q Bout ,<br />
downstream.<br />
From now on, we refer to the Soni test case #1, as the entire data for all experiments would<br />
go beyond the scope of this section. Measured data for the equilibrium are<br />
q<br />
Bin ,<br />
[m 3 /(s*m)] x 10 -3 20.0<br />
S [-] x 10 -3 3.56<br />
h<br />
eq<br />
[m] x 10 -2 5.0<br />
q<br />
Beq ,<br />
[m 3 /(s*m)] x 10 -6 12.1<br />
u<br />
eq<br />
[m/s] 0.4<br />
The establishment of the same equilibrium conditions is achieved by calibrating e.g. the<br />
hydraulic friction. As soon as the simulation data looks similar to the measured results, the<br />
aggradation can be started.<br />
2.1.1.5 Aggradation experiments<br />
After the equilibrium has been reached, the sediment feed was increased upstream by an<br />
overloading factor of qB<br />
q<br />
B , eq<br />
. This factor is different for each experiment. For test case #1,<br />
it was set to 4.0. The flow discharge remains the same as in the equilibrium case. Due to<br />
the massive sediment overloading, aggradation starts quickly at the upstream end.<br />
Measured data is available for the bottom elevation at certain times.<br />
R III - 2.1-2<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />
Version 6/21/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
TEST CASES<br />
2.1.2 ST_2 : Saiedi<br />
2.1.2.1 Intention<br />
Similar to the Soni test case, this validation deals with aggradation due to sediment<br />
overloading. However, compared to Soni, the sediment input is considerably greater than<br />
the carriage capacity of the flow <strong>and</strong> an aggradation shock is forming. The test verifies<br />
whether the computational model can h<strong>and</strong>le shocks within the sediment phase. Again, a<br />
single grain size is used.<br />
2.1.2.2 Description<br />
The experiments were conducted in a laboratory flume located at the Water Research<br />
Laboratory, School of Civil Engineering, University of New South Wales, Australia.<br />
Geometric details <strong>and</strong> results are reported in Saiedi (1993 <strong>and</strong>1994b). Saiedi did two<br />
separate tests, one in a steady flow <strong>and</strong> one in a rapidly unsteady flow with varying sediment<br />
supply. Only the steady case is of our interest here.<br />
2.1.2.3 Geometry <strong>and</strong> general data<br />
The sediment used was of fairly uniform size with the median grain size d<br />
50<br />
= 2 [mm],<br />
relative density s = 2.6 <strong>and</strong> porosity at bed p = 0.37.<br />
The test section was about 18 [m] long in a 0.61 [m] wide glass-sided flume with a slope of<br />
0.1%. The flow was fed with a sediment-supply of constant rate using a vibratory feeder. The<br />
sediment input rate was chosen to be greater than the transport capacity of the flow,<br />
therefore resulting in the formation of an aggradation shock s<strong>and</strong>-wave travelling<br />
downstream.<br />
The downstream water level was maintained constant by adjusting the downstream gate.<br />
2.1.2.4 Calibration<br />
Before starting the sediment feed, at first, the aim is a uniform flow which fulfils a<br />
measured flow discharge q <strong>and</strong> the corresponding water depth h . This can be achieved by<br />
adjusting e.g. the hydraulic friction coefficient from Manning n. From the experiments,<br />
Saiedi proposes a calibration estimate of n= 0.0136 + 0.0170q<br />
. Note that there is no<br />
sediment layer at the calibration phase.<br />
As initial conditions, start with a fluid at rest <strong>and</strong> a uniform flow depth of h0 = 0.223 [m] on<br />
the sloped flume. The flow feed rate upstream is constant at q in<br />
= 0.98 [m3/s]. At the<br />
downstream boundary, the water level is kept constant at h = 0.223 [m] “by adjusting the<br />
downstream gate”.<br />
2.1.2.5 Aggradation<br />
As soon, as a uniform flow with constant water depth is established, the sediment feed<br />
upstream can be started. It remains constantly on q B<br />
= 3.81 [kg/min].<br />
The results for the steady state computation are available at t = 30 [min] <strong>and</strong> t = 120 [min].<br />
To avoid cluttering, the plots of the measured bed levels have been averaged.<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich R III - 2.1-3<br />
Version 6/21/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
TEST CASES<br />
2.1.3 ST_3 : Guenter<br />
2.1.3.1 Intention<br />
The Günter test series deals with degradation in a laboratory flume. The experiments were<br />
conducted using a multiple grain size distribution. The reported results allow for a validation<br />
of the bed topography <strong>and</strong> the behaviour of heterogeneous sediment transport models.<br />
2.1.3.2 Description<br />
Günter performed some tests at the Laboratory of Hydraulics, Hydrology <strong>and</strong> Glaciology at<br />
the <strong>ETH</strong> Zurich using sediment input with a multiple grain size distribution. His aim was to<br />
determine a critical median shear stress of such a grain composition.<br />
Günter was interested in the behaviour of different grain classes but also in the steady<br />
ultimate state of the bed layer, when a top layer has developed <strong>and</strong> no more degradation<br />
occurs with the given discharge. As initial state, a sediment bed with a higher slope than the<br />
slope in the steady case is used. There is no sediment feed but a constant water discharge.<br />
The bed then starts rotating around the downstream end resulting in a steady, uniform state<br />
with an armouring layer.<br />
The validation is based on the resulting bed topography <strong>and</strong> the measured grain size<br />
distribution of the armouring layer at the end of the simulation.<br />
2.1.3.3 Geometry <strong>and</strong> general data<br />
The experiment was conducted in a straight, rectangular flume, 40 [m] long, 1 [m] width<br />
with vertical walls. At the downstream end, the flume opens out into a slurry tank with 8 [m]<br />
length, 1.1 [m] width <strong>and</strong> 0.8 [m] depth (relative to the main flume), where the transported<br />
sediment material is held back.<br />
The sediment bed has an initial slope of 0.5 % with an initial grain size distribution given by<br />
d<br />
g<br />
[cm] Mass fraction [%]<br />
0.0 – 0.102 35.9<br />
0.102 – 0.2 20.8<br />
0.2 – 0.31 11.9<br />
0.31 – 0.41 17.5<br />
0.41 - 0.52 6.7<br />
0.52 – 0.6 7.2<br />
2.1.3.4 Simulation procedure <strong>and</strong> boundary/initial conditions<br />
First of all, the domain gets filled slowly with fluid until the highest point is wet. The weir on<br />
the downstream end is set such that no outflow occurs. After the bed is completely under<br />
water, the inflow discharge upstream is increased successively during 10 minutes up to the<br />
constant discharge of 56.0 [l/s]. At the same time, the weir downstream is lowered down to<br />
a constant level until the water surface elevation remains constant in the outflow area.<br />
There is no sediment inflow during the whole test.<br />
R III - 2.1-4<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />
Version 6/21/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
TEST CASES<br />
Using this configuration, the bed layer should rotate around the downstream end of the soil.<br />
The experiment needed about 4 to 6 weeks until a stationary state was reached. The data to<br />
be compared with the experiment are final bed level <strong>and</strong> final grain size distribution.<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich R III - 2.1-5<br />
Version 6/21/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
TEST CASES<br />
This page has been intentionally left blank.<br />
R III - 2.1-6<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />
Version 6/21/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
TEST CASES<br />
3 Results of Hydraulic Test Cases<br />
3.1 Common Test Cases<br />
3.1.1 H_1: Dam break in a closed channel<br />
The conservation of mass is validated. After t = 1107 [s], the discharges still have a<br />
magnitude of 10-6 [m3/s] with decreasing tendency. Both, BASEchain <strong>and</strong> BASEplane<br />
deliver similar results.<br />
6<br />
5<br />
t = 1107 s<br />
t = 0 s<br />
Watersurface elevation [m]<br />
4<br />
3<br />
2<br />
1<br />
0<br />
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40<br />
Distance [m]<br />
Fig. 11: H_1: Initial <strong>and</strong> final water surface elevation (BC & BP)<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich R III - 3.1-1<br />
Version 6/21/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
TEST CASES<br />
3.1.2 H_2: One dimensional dambreak on planar bed<br />
3.1.2.1 Results obtained by BASEchain<br />
A comparison of the 1D test case using h2 h<br />
1<br />
= 0.000 with the analytical solution shows an<br />
accurate behaviour of the fluid phase in time.<br />
12<br />
Watersurface elevation [m]<br />
10<br />
8<br />
6<br />
4<br />
analytical<br />
simulated<br />
initial condition<br />
2<br />
0<br />
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000<br />
Distance [m]<br />
Fig. 12: H_2: Water surface elevation after 20 s (BC)<br />
35<br />
30<br />
analytcal<br />
simulated<br />
25<br />
Discharge[m3/s]<br />
20<br />
15<br />
10<br />
5<br />
0<br />
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000<br />
Distance [m]<br />
Fig. 13: H_2: Distribution of discharge after 20 s (BC)<br />
R III - 3.1-2<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />
Version 6/21/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
TEST CASES<br />
3.1.2.2 Results obtained by BASEplane<br />
In two dimension, the dam break test case was computed using h2 h<br />
1<br />
= 0.0 <strong>and</strong> h 1<br />
= 10<br />
m. The length of the channel was discretized using 1000 control volumes. The CFL number<br />
was set to 0.85. The results show a good agreement between simulation <strong>and</strong> analytical<br />
solution.<br />
Test case 3<br />
h2/h1 = 0.0; h1 = 10.0 m<br />
Depth (Time = 20.0 sec)<br />
10<br />
8<br />
Depth (m)<br />
6<br />
4<br />
Exact<br />
HLL<br />
Initial<br />
Analytical<br />
2<br />
0<br />
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000<br />
Distance (m)<br />
Fig. 14: H_2: Flow depth 20 sec after dam break (BP)<br />
Test case 3<br />
h2/h1 = 0.0; h1 = 10.0 m<br />
Discharg (Time = 20.0 sec)<br />
30<br />
25<br />
20<br />
q (m^2/sec)<br />
15<br />
Exact<br />
HLL<br />
Analytical<br />
10<br />
5<br />
0<br />
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000<br />
Distance (m)<br />
Fig. 15: H_2: Discharge 20 sec after dam break (BP)<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich R III - 3.1-3<br />
Version 6/21/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
TEST CASES<br />
3.1.3 H_3: One dimensional dam break on sloped bed<br />
3.1.3.1 Results obtained by BASEchain<br />
The dam break in a sloped bed was compared against experimental results. The agreement<br />
is satisfying.<br />
0.7<br />
watersurface elevation [m]<br />
0.6<br />
0.5<br />
0.4<br />
0.3<br />
0.2<br />
measured<br />
bed<br />
simulated<br />
0.1<br />
0<br />
0 20 40 60 80 100 120<br />
Distance [m]<br />
Fig. 16: H_3: Water surface elevation after 10 s (BC)<br />
0.12<br />
0.1<br />
simulated<br />
measured<br />
0.08<br />
waterdepth [m]<br />
0.06<br />
0.04<br />
0.02<br />
0<br />
0 20 40 60 80 100<br />
time [s]<br />
120<br />
Fig. 17: H_3: Temporal behaviour of water depth at x = 70.1 m (BC)<br />
R III - 3.1-4<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />
Version 6/21/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
TEST CASES<br />
0.1<br />
0.09<br />
0.08<br />
0.07<br />
simulated<br />
measured<br />
waterdepth [s]<br />
0.06<br />
0.05<br />
0.04<br />
0.03<br />
0.02<br />
0.01<br />
0<br />
0 20 40 60 80 100 120<br />
time [s]<br />
Fig. 18: H_3: Temporal behavior of water depth at x = 85.4 m (BC)<br />
3.1.3.2 Results obtained by BASEplane<br />
For two dimensions, the numerical results show a good agreement with the experimental<br />
measurements. Although in certain areas, the water depth is underestimated, the error is<br />
just at 7 % <strong>and</strong> only for a limited time. The comparison is still successful.<br />
10.1<br />
10<br />
9.9<br />
9.8<br />
WSE (m)<br />
9.7<br />
9.6<br />
Bed<br />
Exact<br />
EXP<br />
HLL<br />
9.5<br />
9.4<br />
9.3<br />
0 20 40 60 80 100 120<br />
Distance (m)<br />
Fig. 19: H_3: Cross sectional water level after 10 s simulation time (BP)<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich R III - 3.1-5<br />
Version 6/21/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
TEST CASES<br />
0.1<br />
0.09<br />
0.08<br />
0.07<br />
Depth (m)<br />
0.06<br />
0.05<br />
0.04<br />
Exact<br />
HLL<br />
EXP<br />
0.03<br />
0.02<br />
0.01<br />
0<br />
0 20 40 60 80 100 120<br />
Time (sec)<br />
Fig. 20: H_3: Chronological sequence of water depth at point x = 70.1 m (BP)<br />
0.1<br />
0.09<br />
0.08<br />
0.07<br />
Depth (m)<br />
0.06<br />
0.05<br />
0.04<br />
Exact<br />
HLL<br />
EXP<br />
0.03<br />
0.02<br />
0.01<br />
0<br />
0 20 40 60 80 100 120<br />
Time (sec)<br />
Fig. 21: H_3: Chronological sequence of water depth at point x = 85.4 m (BP)<br />
R III - 3.1-6<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />
Version 6/21/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
TEST CASES<br />
3.2 BASEchain Specific Test Cases<br />
3.2.1 H_BC_1: Fluid at rest in a closed channel with strongly varying geometry<br />
The test was successfully carried out. There was no movement at all – the water surface<br />
elevation remained constant over the whole area. No picture will be shown as there is<br />
nothing interesting to see.<br />
3.3 BASEplane Specific Test Cases<br />
3.3.1 H_BP_1: Rest water in a closed area with strong variational bottom<br />
The test was successfully carried out. There was no movement at all – the water surface<br />
elevation remained constant over the whole area. No picture will be shown as there is<br />
nothing interesting to see.<br />
3.3.2 H_BP_2: Rest Water in a closed area with partially wet elements<br />
The test was successfully carried out. There was no movement at all – the water surface<br />
elevation remained constant over the whole area. No picture will be shown as there is<br />
nothing interesting to see.<br />
3.3.3 H_BP_3 : Dam break within strongly bended geometry<br />
The computational area was discretized using a mesh with 1805 elements <strong>and</strong> 1039<br />
vertices. The vertical jump in bed topography between the reservoir <strong>and</strong> the channel was<br />
modelled with a strongly inclined cell (a node can only have one elevation information). Fig.<br />
12 shows the water level contours ant the velocity vectors. The following figures compare<br />
the time evolution of the measured water level with the simulated results at the control<br />
points G1, G3 <strong>and</strong> G5.<br />
The results are showing an accurate behaviour expect at the control point G5, where some<br />
bigger differences can be observed. They are caused by the use of a coarse mesh around<br />
that area. Using a higher mesh density, the water level in the critical area after the strong<br />
bend is better resolved <strong>and</strong> delivers more accurate results. Fig. 26 shows a comparison at<br />
point G5 for a coarse <strong>and</strong> a dense mesh.<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich R III - 3.3-1<br />
Version 6/21/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
TEST CASES<br />
Fig. 22: H_BP_3: Water level <strong>and</strong> velocity vectors 5 seconds after the dam break<br />
0.2<br />
0.175<br />
0.15<br />
0.125<br />
WSE (m)<br />
0.1<br />
EXP<br />
Exact<br />
HLL<br />
0.075<br />
0.05<br />
0.025<br />
0<br />
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40<br />
Time (sec)<br />
Fig. 23: H_BP_3: Water surface elevation at G1<br />
R III - 3.3-2<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />
Version 6/21/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
TEST CASES<br />
0.2<br />
0.175<br />
0.15<br />
0.125<br />
WSE (m)<br />
0.1<br />
EXP<br />
Exact<br />
HLL<br />
0.075<br />
0.05<br />
0.025<br />
0<br />
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40<br />
Time (sec)<br />
Fig. 24: H_BP_3: Water surface elevation at G3<br />
0.2<br />
0.175<br />
0.15<br />
0.125<br />
WSE (m)<br />
0.1<br />
EXP<br />
Exact<br />
HLL<br />
0.075<br />
0.05<br />
0.025<br />
0<br />
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40<br />
Time (sec)<br />
Fig. 25: H_BP_3: Water surface elevation at G5<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich R III - 3.3-3<br />
Version 6/21/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
TEST CASES<br />
0.2<br />
0.175<br />
0.15<br />
0.125<br />
WSE (m)<br />
0.1<br />
Exp<br />
fines Gitter<br />
grobes Gitter<br />
0.075<br />
0.05<br />
0.025<br />
0<br />
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40<br />
Time (sec)<br />
Fig. 26: H_BP_5: Comparison of the water level at point G5 for a coarse <strong>and</strong> a dense grid.<br />
3.3.4 H_BP_4 : Malpasset dam break<br />
The computational grid consists of 26000 triangulated control volumes <strong>and</strong> 13541 vertices.<br />
The time step was chosen according to a CFL number of 0.85. Fig. 27 shows the computed<br />
water depth <strong>and</strong> velocities 300 seconds after the dam break. Fig. 28 compares several<br />
computed with the observed data on water level elevation at different stations.<br />
BASEplane results show a good agreement with the observed values as also other<br />
simulation results. The differences between computed <strong>and</strong> measured data are maximally<br />
around 10%.<br />
R III - 3.3-4<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />
Version 6/21/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
TEST CASES<br />
Fig. 27: H_BP_4: Computed water depth <strong>and</strong> velocities 300 seconds after the dam break.<br />
100.00<br />
90.00<br />
80.00<br />
70.00<br />
Wasserspiegellage [m.ü.M]<br />
60.00<br />
50.00<br />
40.00<br />
30.00<br />
field data<br />
BASEplane<br />
Yoon & Kang (2004)<br />
Valiani et al. (2002)<br />
20.00<br />
10.00<br />
0.00<br />
P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 P6 P7 P8 P9 P10 P11 P12 P15 P17<br />
Messstelle<br />
Fig. 28: H_BP_4: Computed <strong>and</strong> observed water surface elevation at different control points<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich R III - 3.3-5<br />
Version 6/21/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
TEST CASES<br />
This page has been intentionally left blank.<br />
R III - 3.3-6<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />
Version 6/21/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
TEST CASES<br />
4 Results of <strong>Sediment</strong> <strong>Transport</strong> Test Cases<br />
4.1 Common Test Cases<br />
4.1.1 ST_1: Soni<br />
4.1.1.1 Results obtained by BASEchain<br />
The Soni test case has been simulated with the MPM approach like the one used for the<br />
next test case of Saiedi (see next chapter 4.1.2). As for the Saiedi test case, the equilibrium<br />
bed load of 2.42*10 -7 m 3 /s is known, the MPM-factor has been calibrated to obtain a good<br />
agreement for the equilibrium state (2.419*10 -7 m 3 /s). This leads to a value of 8.21 for the<br />
prefactor in the MPM-formula.<br />
The results show a quite good agreement between experiment <strong>and</strong> simulation. Obviously,<br />
for the Soni test case, the MPM sediment transport formula seems more applicable<br />
compared to the test case of Saiedi. This shows very nicely that one has to take care of<br />
what formula is being used but also what values the different free parameters are given.<br />
0.05<br />
Difference of bed level from initial state [m]<br />
0.04<br />
0.03<br />
0.02<br />
0.01<br />
0<br />
mesured 15 min.<br />
mesured 30 min.<br />
mesured 45 min.<br />
computed 15 min.<br />
computed 30 min.<br />
computed 45 min.<br />
-0.01<br />
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18<br />
Distance from upstream [m]<br />
Fig. 29: ST_1: Soni Test with MPM-factor = 8.21 (BC)<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich R III - 4.1-1<br />
Version 6/21/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
TEST CASES<br />
4.1.2 ST_2: Saiedi<br />
4.1.2.1 Results obtained by BASEchain<br />
The Saiedi test was simulated using the Meyer-Peter Müller approach for the sediment flux,<br />
which can also be formulated as:<br />
qB<br />
= factor( θ −θcr) ( s−1)<br />
gdm<br />
3/2 3/2<br />
The factor is usually set around 8.0 <strong>and</strong> should be between 5 <strong>and</strong> 15 (Wiberg <strong>and</strong> Smith<br />
1989).<br />
A first test was executed without any calibration, thus with the factor of Meyer-Peter Müller<br />
equal to 8.0.<br />
0.5<br />
Bed profile normalized by 0.223 m<br />
measured 30 min.<br />
0.4<br />
measured 120 min<br />
calculated 30 min.<br />
0.3<br />
calculated 120 min.<br />
0.2<br />
0.1<br />
0<br />
0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1<br />
-0.1<br />
Distance from upstream normalized by 18 m<br />
Fig. 30: ST_2: Saiedi Test 1(BC)<br />
The result is conservative but the location of the front <strong>and</strong> the elevation are quite far from<br />
the measured situation.<br />
A second test was effectuated calibrating the MPM-factor with the aim of obtaining a good<br />
fit for the first measurement (30 min.), but without any respect of the limits of the formula.<br />
So the factor of the MPM-formula was set to 50.<br />
R III - 4.1-2<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />
Version 6/21/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
TEST CASES<br />
0.5<br />
Bed profile normalized by 0.223 m<br />
0.4<br />
0.3<br />
0.2<br />
0.1<br />
0<br />
measured 30 min.<br />
measured 120 min<br />
calculated 30 min.<br />
calculated 120 min.<br />
-0.1<br />
0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1<br />
Distance from upstream normalized by 18 m<br />
Fig. 31: ST_2: Saiedi Test 2, with MPM-factor = 50 (BC)<br />
The result for the second measurement in this case presents a good fit. This expample<br />
shows that the approach of MPM is not suited for this case, but good results can be<br />
obtained, if a suited approach for the bed load transport is found.<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich R III - 4.1-3<br />
Version 6/21/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
TEST CASES<br />
4.1.3 ST_3: Guenter<br />
4.1.3.1 Results obtained by BASEchain<br />
For mixed materials, the Guenter test case has been performed. The initial slope was<br />
chosen to be 0.25 % - this corresponds to the full experiment of Guenter.<br />
The eroded material is eliminated from the end basin by a sediment sink. The active layer<br />
height is 7 [cm] <strong>and</strong> the critical dimensionless shear stress (for beginning of sediment<br />
transport) is set to the default value of 0,047. After 200 hours, there are no more important<br />
changes recognizable. After the results of Guenter the slope at the final equilibrium state<br />
should be the same as the initial one.<br />
The results show a good agreement for the final slope between experiment <strong>and</strong> simulation.<br />
However, concerning the grain size distribution, the result shows a sorting process taking<br />
place: The finer material is obviously washed out too strongly.<br />
There are many parameters which influence this result, especially the choice of the critical<br />
shear stress <strong>and</strong> the height of the active layer. Again, this example shows, one has to use<br />
different approaches for sediment transport with different values for the free parameters.<br />
Quite often, a sensitivity analysis may give a better insight in the behaviour of certain<br />
formulas <strong>and</strong> their parameters.<br />
10.1<br />
10<br />
9.9<br />
9.8<br />
Bed level [m]<br />
9.7<br />
9.6<br />
9.5<br />
9.4<br />
9.3<br />
initial state<br />
computed 200 hours<br />
9.2<br />
9.1<br />
9<br />
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55<br />
Distance from upstream [m]<br />
Fig. 32: ST_3: Guenter Test: equilibrium bed level (BC)<br />
R III - 4.1-4<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />
Version 6/21/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
TEST CASES<br />
1<br />
0.9<br />
0.8<br />
initial state<br />
equilibrium state measured<br />
computed 200 hours<br />
0.7<br />
Sum of fractions<br />
0.6<br />
0.5<br />
0.4<br />
0.3<br />
0.2<br />
0.1<br />
0<br />
0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6<br />
Grain size [cm]<br />
Fig. 33: ST_3: Guenter Test: grain size distribution (BC)<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich R III - 4.1-5<br />
Version 6/21/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
TEST CASES<br />
This page has been intentionally left blank.<br />
R III - 4.1-6<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />
Version 6/21/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
TEST CASES<br />
References<br />
Kassem, A. A., <strong>and</strong> Chaudhry, M. H. (1998). "Comparison of coupled <strong>and</strong> semicoupled<br />
numerical models for alluvial channels." Journal of Hydraulic Engineering-Asce,<br />
124(8), 794-802.<br />
Soni, J. P. (1981). "Laboratory Study of Aggradation in Alluvial Channels." Journal of<br />
Hydrology, 49(1-2), 87-106.<br />
Soni, J. P., Garde, R. J., <strong>and</strong> Raju, K. G. R. (1980). "Aggradation in Streams Due to<br />
Overloading." Journal of the Hydraulics Division-Asce, 106(1), 117-132.<br />
Soulis, J. V. (2002). "A fully coupled numerical technique for 2D bed morphology<br />
calculations." International Journal for Numerical Methods in Fluids, 38(1), 71-98.<br />
Tseng, M. H. "Verification of 1-D Transcritical Flow Model in Channels." Natl. Sci. Counc.<br />
ROC(A), 654-664.<br />
Vasquez, J. A., Steffler, P. M., <strong>and</strong> Millar, R. G. "River2D Morphology, Part I: Straight alluvial<br />
channels." 17th Canadian Hydrotechnical Conference, Edmonton, Alberta.<br />
Wiberg, P. L., <strong>and</strong> Smith, J. D. (1989). "Model for Calculating Bed-Load <strong>Transport</strong> of<br />
<strong>Sediment</strong>." Journal of Hydraulic Engineering-Asce, 115(1), 101-123.<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />
Version 6/21/2006<br />
R III - References
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
INPUT FILES<br />
Table of Contents<br />
Part 1: The Comm<strong>and</strong> File of BASEMENT<br />
1 Main structure of the comm<strong>and</strong> file<br />
1.1 Syntax................................................................................................................. 1.1-1<br />
1.2 Super blocks....................................................................................................... 1.2-1<br />
1.3 Block Description............................................................................................... 1.3-1<br />
2 Block List<br />
2.1 PROJECT............................................................................................................. 2.1-1<br />
2.2 DOMAIN.............................................................................................................. 2.2-1<br />
2.3 PHYSICAL_PROPERTIES ................................................................................... 2.3-1<br />
2.4 BASECHAIN_1D : core block for one dimensional simulations .................... 2.4-1<br />
2.4.1 GEOMETRY.................................................................................................. 2.4-3<br />
2.4.2 HYDRAULICS ............................................................................................... 2.4-4<br />
2.4.2.1 BOUNDARY .......................................................................................... 2.4-5<br />
2.4.2.2 INITIAL .................................................................................................. 2.4-9<br />
2.4.2.3 SOURCE.............................................................................................. 2.4-10<br />
2.4.2.3.1 EXTERNAL_SOURCE................................................................... 2.4-11<br />
2.4.2.4 PARAMETER....................................................................................... 2.4-13<br />
2.4.3 MORPHOLOGY.......................................................................................... 2.4-14<br />
2.4.3.1 BEDMATERIAL ................................................................................... 2.4-15<br />
2.4.3.1.1 GRAIN_CLASS ............................................................................. 2.4-16<br />
2.4.3.1.2 MIXTURE...................................................................................... 2.4-17<br />
2.4.3.1.3 SOIL_DEF..................................................................................... 2.4-18<br />
2.4.3.1.4 SOIL_ASSIGNMENT .................................................................... 2.4-21<br />
2.4.3.2 BOUNDARY ........................................................................................ 2.4-22<br />
2.4.3.3 SOURCE.............................................................................................. 2.4-24<br />
2.4.3.3.1 EXTERNAL_SOURCE................................................................... 2.4-25<br />
2.4.3.4 PARAMETERS..................................................................................... 2.4-26<br />
2.5 OUTPUT.............................................................................................................. 2.5-1<br />
2.5.1.1 SPECIAL_OUTPUT ................................................................................ 2.5-2<br />
2.6 BASEPLANE_2D : core block for two dimensional simulations ................... 2.6-1<br />
2.6.1 GEOMETRY.................................................................................................. 2.6-3<br />
2.6.1.1 STRINGDEF........................................................................................... 2.6-4<br />
2.6.2 HYDRAULICS ............................................................................................... 2.6-5<br />
2.6.2.1 BOUNDARY .......................................................................................... 2.6-6<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />
Version 10/2/2006<br />
RIV - i
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
INPUT FILES<br />
2.6.2.2 INITIAL .................................................................................................. 2.6-8<br />
2.6.2.3 SOURCE.............................................................................................. 2.6-10<br />
2.6.2.3.1 EXTERNAL_SOURCE................................................................... 2.6-11<br />
2.6.2.4 PARAMETER....................................................................................... 2.6-12<br />
2.6.3 MORPHOLOGY.......................................................................................... 2.6-14<br />
2.6.3.1 BEDMATERIAL ................................................................................... 2.6-15<br />
2.6.3.1.1 GRAIN_CLASS ............................................................................. 2.6-16<br />
2.6.3.1.2 MIXTURE...................................................................................... 2.6-17<br />
2.6.3.1.3 SOIL_DEF..................................................................................... 2.6-18<br />
2.6.3.1.4 SOIL_ASSIGNMENT .................................................................... 2.6-22<br />
2.6.3.2 BOUNDARY ........................................................................................ 2.6-23<br />
2.6.3.3 SOURCE.............................................................................................. 2.6-24<br />
2.6.3.3.1 EXTERNAL_SOURCE................................................................... 2.6-25<br />
2.6.3.4 PARAMETERS..................................................................................... 2.6-26<br />
2.7 OUTPUT.............................................................................................................. 2.7-1<br />
2.7.1.1 SPECIAL_OUTPUT ................................................................................ 2.7-3<br />
Part 2: Auxiliary Input Files<br />
3 Auxiliary input files<br />
3.1 Introduction........................................................................................................ 3.1-1<br />
3.1.1 Elements of an auxiliary input files............................................................... 3.1-1<br />
3.1.2 Syntax description ........................................................................................ 3.1-1<br />
3.2 Type “BC” : File containing a boundary condition ........................................ 3.2-1<br />
3.3 Type “Ini1D” : File containing initial conditions for BASECHAIN_1D .......... 3.3-1<br />
3.4 Type “Topo1D” : Topography File for BASECHAIN_1D................................. 3.4-1<br />
RIV<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />
Version 10/2/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
INPUT FILES<br />
IV INPUT FILES<br />
The main purpose of the comm<strong>and</strong> file is to ensure a structured <strong>and</strong> logical definition of a<br />
simulation independent of the chosen solvers or model dimensions (1d/2d). The comm<strong>and</strong><br />
file shall be of self explaining character <strong>and</strong> allow for a consistent integration of future<br />
developments.<br />
To not overload the comm<strong>and</strong> file, auxiliary files are necessary. One of the most often used<br />
auxiliary file is the one describing a time series of a quantity, e.g. a hydrograph used as<br />
boundary condition. If the comm<strong>and</strong> file is dem<strong>and</strong>ing for an auxiliary file, a reference to its<br />
type is given in the parameter description. Following auxiliary file types are documented in<br />
this part of the manual:<br />
- Type “BC” : file containing a boundary condition<br />
- Type “Ini1D” : file containing a initial condition (only use by BASECHAIN_1D)<br />
- Type “Topo1D” : topography file for BASECHAIN_1D<br />
The detailed description of these files can be found in part two of this section of the manual.<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />
Version 10/2/2006<br />
RIV
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
INPUT FILES<br />
This page has been intentionally left blank.<br />
RIV<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />
Version 10/2/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
INPUT FILES<br />
IV INPUT FILES<br />
Part 1:<br />
The Comm<strong>and</strong> File of BASEMENT<br />
1 Main structure of the comm<strong>and</strong> file<br />
1.1 Syntax<br />
Generally, the input file has an object-oriented approach. The main keywords are treated as<br />
classes <strong>and</strong> have keywords as members which can be kind of super classes again. Every<br />
such block is enclosed by two curly braces, e.g.<br />
BLOCKNAME<br />
{<br />
variable_name = …<br />
variable_name = …<br />
…<br />
BLOCKNAME<br />
{<br />
variable_name = …<br />
…<br />
variable_list = ( var1 var2 var3 )<br />
}<br />
// this is a comment<br />
}<br />
…<br />
All information within the two brackets {} belongs to the superclass.<br />
A listing of variables is always embraced by two normal brackets, even if there is just one<br />
element in the list. Note that there must be a space between opening bracket <strong>and</strong> the first<br />
element as at the end of the list between last element <strong>and</strong> closing bracket. Between<br />
elements in the list, there is also at least a space.<br />
Comments can be placed anywhere within the input file. They are indicated with two<br />
slashes:<br />
//<br />
Every information after the two slashes until the end of line will be ignored.<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich RIV - 1.1-1<br />
Version 10/2/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
INPUT FILES<br />
This page has been intentionally left blank.<br />
RIV - 1.1-2<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />
Version 10/2/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
INPUT FILES<br />
1.2 Super blocks<br />
On the first level, there are two super blocks: PROJECT <strong>and</strong> DOMAIN.<br />
The PROJECT-block contains all kind of meta-information as title, author, date, version, etc.<br />
The DOMAIN-block then includes all sub-blocks for a simulation, namely different regions<br />
for one or two dimensional simulations: BASECHAIN_1D <strong>and</strong> BASEPLANE_2D.<br />
These two super blocks contain the concrete input information for BASEMENT. Although<br />
the 1D <strong>and</strong> 2D solver differ in certain parts concerning the needed information, the rough<br />
topics are the same <strong>and</strong> will be treated as super-blocks themselves:<br />
• Geometry<br />
• Initial Conditions<br />
• Boundary Conditions<br />
• General parameters (a.k.a. trash)<br />
• Element specific parameters<br />
• Output specifications<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich RIV - 1.2-1<br />
Version 10/2/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
INPUT FILES<br />
This page has been intentionally left blank.<br />
RIV - 1.2-2<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />
Version 10/2/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
INPUT FILES<br />
1.3 Block Description<br />
The next chapter contains a full description of all possible blocks <strong>and</strong> variables within the<br />
comm<strong>and</strong> file. The structure looks as following:<br />
BLOCKNAME<br />
compulsory repeatable Condition: -<br />
Super Block […]<br />
[…]<br />
Possible super blocks are listed here<br />
Description: Gives a short description about the use of the block <strong>and</strong> its features<br />
Inner Blocks […]<br />
Possible sub blocks are listed here<br />
Variable type comp rep values condition desc<br />
example string Yes No - BLOCK 3<br />
something integer No Yes 0, 1, 2 -<br />
Block names are always written in capital letters for a clear identification. Every Block (<strong>and</strong><br />
also variables) may be compulsory <strong>and</strong>/or repeatable or not. Condition indicates the<br />
prerequisite of a super block.<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich RIV - 1.3-1<br />
Version 10/2/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
INPUT FILES<br />
This page has been intentionally left blank.<br />
RIV - 1.3-2<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />
Version 10/2/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
INPUT FILES<br />
2 Block List<br />
2.1 PROJECT<br />
PROJECT<br />
compulsory repeatable Condition: -<br />
Super Block -<br />
Description: Contains some meta information about the setup. This is the only block without further inner<br />
blocks.<br />
Variable type comp rep values condition desc<br />
title string Yes No - -<br />
author string No No - -<br />
date date No No - -<br />
Example:<br />
PROJECT<br />
{<br />
title = Alpenrhein<br />
author = MeMyselfAndI<br />
date = 10.8.2006<br />
}<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich RIV - 2.1-1<br />
Version 10/2/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
INPUT FILES<br />
This page has been intentionally left blank.<br />
RIV - 2.1-2<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />
Version 10/2/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
INPUT FILES<br />
2.2 DOMAIN<br />
DOMAIN<br />
compulsory repeatable Condition: -<br />
Super Block -<br />
Description: Defines the whole computational area <strong>and</strong> connects different specific areas. Multriregion is<br />
just the name for the overall area, e.g. Rhine river. Specific areas within the Rhine could be<br />
Rhinedelta (2D) <strong>and</strong> Alp-Rhine (1D). The Domain is primarily used to connect different<br />
computations <strong>and</strong> regions with each other.<br />
Inner Blocks PHYSICAL_PROPERTIES<br />
BASECHAIN_1D<br />
BASEPLANE_2D<br />
Variable type comp Rep values condition desc<br />
multiregion string Yes No - -<br />
Example:<br />
PROJECT<br />
{<br />
[…]<br />
}<br />
DOMAIN<br />
{<br />
multiregion = Rhein<br />
PHYSICAL_PROPERTIES<br />
{<br />
[…]<br />
}<br />
BASECHAIN_1D<br />
{<br />
[…]<br />
}<br />
BASEPLANE_2D<br />
{<br />
[…]<br />
}<br />
BASECHAIN_1D<br />
{<br />
[…]<br />
}<br />
}<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich RIV - 2.2-1<br />
Version 10/2/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
INPUT FILES<br />
This page has been intentionally left blank.<br />
RIV - 2.2-2<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />
Version 10/2/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
INPUT FILES<br />
2.3 PHYSICAL_PROPERTIES<br />
PHYSICAL_PROPERTIES<br />
compulsory repeatable Condition: -<br />
Super Block -<br />
Description: Some universally valid properties for all computational areas to follow are defined here.<br />
Inner Blocks -<br />
Variable type comp Rep values condition desc<br />
gravity double Yes No Acceleration<br />
due to gravity<br />
viscosity double Kinematic<br />
viscosity<br />
rho_fluid string Yes No - - Fluid density<br />
Example:<br />
PHYSICAL_PROPERTIES<br />
{<br />
gravity = 9.81<br />
viscosity = 1.0<br />
rho_fluid = 1000<br />
}<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich RIV - 2.3-1<br />
Version 10/2/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
INPUT FILES<br />
This page has been intentionally left blank.<br />
RIV - 2.3-2<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />
Version 10/2/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
INPUT FILES<br />
2.4 BASECHAIN_1D : core block for one dimensional simulations<br />
The main block declaring a 1D simulation is called BASECHAIN_1D within the DOMAINblock.<br />
It contains all information about the precise simulation. To ensure a homogeneous<br />
input structure, the sub blocks for BASECHAIN_1D <strong>and</strong> BASEPLANE_2D are roughly the<br />
same.<br />
A first distinction is made for geometry, hydraulic <strong>and</strong> morphologic data as the user is not<br />
always interested in both results of fluvial <strong>and</strong> sedimentologic simulation. The geometry<br />
however is independent of the choice of calculation. Inside the two blocks (hydraulics <strong>and</strong><br />
morphology), the structure covers the whole field of numerical <strong>and</strong> mathematical<br />
information that is required for every computation.<br />
These blocks deal with boundary conditions, initial conditions, sources <strong>and</strong> sinks, numerical<br />
parameters <strong>and</strong> settings <strong>and</strong> output-specifications. Be aware of a slightly different behaviour<br />
of the sub blocks dependent on the choice of 1D or 2D calculation.<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich RIV - 2.4-1<br />
Version 10/2/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
INPUT FILES<br />
BASECHAIN_1D<br />
compulsory repeatable Condition: -<br />
Super Block DOMAIN<br />
Description: This block includes all information for a 1D simulation<br />
Inner Blocks GEOMETRY<br />
HYDRAULICS<br />
MORPHOLOGY<br />
OUTPUT<br />
Variable type comp rep values condition desc<br />
region_name string Yes No - -<br />
Example:<br />
DOMAIN<br />
{<br />
multiregion = Rhein<br />
PHYSICAL_PROPERTIES<br />
{<br />
[…]<br />
}<br />
BASECHAIN_1D<br />
{<br />
region_name = Alpenrhein<br />
GEOMETRY<br />
{<br />
[…]<br />
}<br />
HYDRAULICS<br />
{<br />
[…]<br />
}<br />
MORPHOLOGY<br />
{<br />
[…]<br />
}<br />
OUTPUT<br />
{<br />
[…]<br />
}<br />
}<br />
}<br />
RIV - 2.4-2<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />
Version 10/2/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
INPUT FILES<br />
2.4.1 GEOMETRY<br />
GEOMETRY<br />
compulsory repeatable Condition: -<br />
Super Blocks<br />
BASECHAIN_1D < DOMAIN<br />
Description:<br />
Defines the problems topography using different input formats.<br />
Variable type comp rep values condition desc<br />
geometry_type enum Yes No {floris,hecras} -<br />
geofile string Yes No Filetype -<br />
Topo1D<br />
cross_section_order string list Yes No ( cs1 cs2 … BASECHAIN_1D<br />
… csx )<br />
where csX<br />
are defined<br />
in the input<br />
file.<br />
The cross section order is only used for 1D geometry. Within the input file, all crossstrings<br />
are defined. However, you might want to use only some of these cross strings or change<br />
their order. The active cross stings are then defined in the string cross section order.<br />
Attention: The first string in the list will be treated internally as upstream <strong>and</strong> the last string<br />
will be the downstream. This will be of further use with the boundary conditions.<br />
Example:<br />
BASECHAIN_1D<br />
{<br />
region_name = alpine_rhine<br />
GEOMETRY<br />
{<br />
geometry_type = floris<br />
geofile = funInRhine.txt<br />
cross_section_names = ( QP84.000 QP84.200 QP84.400<br />
QP84.600 QP85.800 )<br />
}<br />
}<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich RIV - 2.4-3<br />
Version 10/2/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
INPUT FILES<br />
2.4.2 HYDRAULICS<br />
HYDRAULICS<br />
compulsory repeatable Condition: -<br />
Super BASECHAIN_1D < DOMAIN<br />
Blocks<br />
Description: Defines the hydraulic specifications for the simulation. This block contains only further sub<br />
blocks but no own variables.<br />
Inner Blocks BOUNDARY<br />
INITIAL<br />
SOURCE<br />
PARAMETER<br />
Variable type comp rep values condition desc<br />
- - - -<br />
Example:<br />
HYDRAULICS<br />
{<br />
BOUNDARY<br />
{<br />
[…]<br />
}<br />
INITIAL<br />
{<br />
[…]<br />
}<br />
SOURCE<br />
{<br />
[…]<br />
}<br />
PARAMETER<br />
{<br />
[…]<br />
}<br />
}<br />
RIV - 2.4-4<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />
Version 10/2/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
INPUT FILES<br />
2.4.2.1 BOUNDARY<br />
BOUNDARY<br />
compulsory repeatable Condition: -<br />
Super Blocks<br />
Description:<br />
Inner Blocks<br />
HYDRAULICS < BASECHAIN_1D < DOMAIN<br />
Defines boundary conditions for hydraulics. If no boundary condition is specified for<br />
part of or the whole boundary, an infinite wall is assumed. For every different<br />
condition, a new block BOUNDARY has to be used.<br />
Variable type comp rep values condition desc<br />
Boundary_type string Yes No {weir,<br />
hqrelation, wall,<br />
HYDRAULICS,<br />
BASECHAIN_1D<br />
gate,<br />
zero_gradient,<br />
hydrograph,<br />
zhydrograph}<br />
boundary_string string Yes No {upstream,<br />
downstream}<br />
Upstream <strong>and</strong><br />
downstream are<br />
defined by the<br />
first resp. last<br />
entry in the cross<br />
section order list<br />
for 1D geometry<br />
boundary_file string No No File type “BC” hydrograph, *.txt file<br />
weir, hqrelation,<br />
gate<br />
precision double No No [m 3 /2] hydrograph For iterative<br />
determination of<br />
the wetted area<br />
corresponding to a<br />
discharge:<br />
accepted<br />
difference<br />
between given<br />
<strong>and</strong> calculated<br />
discharge.<br />
number_of_iterations integer No No hydrograph Maximum number<br />
of iterations<br />
allowed for the<br />
iterative<br />
determination of<br />
the wetted area,<br />
before the<br />
computation is<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich RIV - 2.4-5<br />
Version 10/2/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
INPUT FILES<br />
interrupted.<br />
level double No No [m rel.] gate, weir For constant level<br />
of weir or the<br />
bottom part of<br />
gate<br />
width double No No [m abs.] gate, weir Width of the weir<br />
crest.<br />
embankement_slope double no No weir Slope of the weir<br />
embankments (the<br />
weir must be<br />
symmetric).<br />
poleni_factor double No No gate, weir Weir factor<br />
according to<br />
Poleni<br />
Default: 0.65<br />
contraction_factor double No No gate Contraction factor<br />
μ of the gate.<br />
reduction_factor double No No gate Reduction factor<br />
for weir (if the<br />
water level is<br />
lower than the<br />
bottom line of the<br />
gate a weir<br />
computation is<br />
executed)<br />
gate_elevation double No No [m rel.] Gate For constant level<br />
of gate<br />
gate_file string No No File type “BC” Gate For timedependent<br />
[m rel.]<br />
behaviour of the<br />
gate_elevation<br />
level_file string No No File type “BC” gate,weir For timedependent<br />
[m rel.]<br />
behaviour of weir<br />
or lower part of<br />
the gate<br />
Boundary types for 1D simulations:<br />
• hydrograph: This boundary conditions for the upstream is a hydrograph describing<br />
the total discharge in time over a cross-string. It requires a boundary file with two<br />
columns: time <strong>and</strong> corresponding discharge. You don’t have to specify the<br />
discharge for each timestep – values will be interpolated between the defined times<br />
in the input file. However, you need at least 2 discharges in time – at the beginning<br />
<strong>and</strong> in the end. If you use a constant discharge in time, at the beginning of the<br />
RIV - 2.4-6<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />
Version 10/2/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
INPUT FILES<br />
simulation, the discharge will be smoothly increased from zero to the constant value<br />
within a certain time. If the duration of the simulation is longer than the given<br />
hydrograph, the last given discharge will be kept for the rest of the simulation. If the<br />
discharge has to become 0, this must be indicated explicitly! The interpolation of<br />
the values is linear.<br />
• zero_gradient: This boundary condition is only used for downstream conditions.<br />
Basically, the main variables within the last computational cell remain are constant<br />
over the whole element. There are no further variables needed.<br />
• weir: This is another outflow boundary condition. It requires the definition of its<br />
width, embankement_slope, poleni_factor <strong>and</strong> its level. For a constant level use<br />
level, for changing level in time, use a level_file of type “BC” with two columns:<br />
time <strong>and</strong> corresponding level. Values are interpolated in time automatically.<br />
Data for the use of a weir as boundary condition:<br />
2<br />
2/3<br />
Q=<br />
bμ<br />
2gH<br />
3<br />
Q : discharge;<br />
b : width of the weir;<br />
μ : contraction or weir factor;<br />
H : level difference between weir crest <strong>and</strong> upstream energy level.<br />
• wall: This is the default boundary condition for all nodes where no other boundary<br />
was specified. The wall is of infinite height – there is no flux across the element<br />
borders. There are no further variables needed.<br />
• gate1D: A gate is like an inverted weir – hanging from the top down into the water.<br />
It is used as a special downstream boundary condition in 1D simulations.<br />
Compulsory variables are width, contraction_factor, reduction_factor, poleni_factor,<br />
gate_elevation <strong>and</strong> level. Level indicates the level of the bottom floor,<br />
gate_elevation the level of the gate. For changing level <strong>and</strong> gate elevation in time,<br />
use the level_file <strong>and</strong> gate_file of type “BC” with two columns: time <strong>and</strong><br />
corresponding level. Values are interpolated in time automatically.<br />
Parameters for the use of a hydraulic gate as lower boundary condition. The flux is<br />
computed with:<br />
Q = bμa 2 g( H − μa)<br />
Q : discharge;<br />
b : gate width;<br />
a : height of gate aperture;<br />
μ : contraction factor;<br />
H : upstream energy level.<br />
• hqrelation: Knowing the relation between water depth <strong>and</strong> discharge, this<br />
downstream boundary condition takes the discharge corresponding to the<br />
computed water depth. The relation between h <strong>and</strong> q can be manually defined in a<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich RIV - 2.4-7<br />
Version 10/2/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
INPUT FILES<br />
boundary file of type “BC”. Values are interpolated. If no boundary file is specified,<br />
the hq-relation is computed internally due to the given topography.<br />
• zhydrograph: Another downstream boundary condition is the behaviour of the<br />
Water Surface Elevation in time. Time <strong>and</strong> corresponding WSE have to be defined in<br />
the boundary_file of type “BC”.<br />
Example:<br />
HYDRAULICS<br />
{<br />
BOUNDARY<br />
{<br />
boundary_type = hydrograph<br />
boundary_string = upstream<br />
boundary_file = discharge_in_time.txt<br />
precision = 0.99<br />
number_of_iterations = 10<br />
}<br />
BOUNDARY<br />
{<br />
boundary_type = weir<br />
boundary_string = downstream<br />
level_file = weirlevel_in_time.txt<br />
// for constant level in time use e.g. level = 4.2<br />
width = 13.5<br />
embankement_slope = 0.04<br />
poleni_factor = 1.0<br />
}<br />
[…]<br />
}<br />
RIV - 2.4-8<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />
Version 10/2/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
INPUT FILES<br />
2.4.2.2 INITIAL<br />
INITIAL<br />
compulsory repeatable Condition: -<br />
Super HYDRAULICS < BASECHAIN_1D < DOMAIN<br />
Blocks<br />
Description: Defines initial conditions for hydraulics. If no initial condition is specified for parts or the whole<br />
computational area, a dry condition is assumed.<br />
Variable type comp rep values condition desc<br />
initial_type enum Yes No {backwater, dry, fileinput}<br />
initial_file string No No Dependent on initial type fileinput<br />
q_out double Yes No [m 3 /s] backwater<br />
WSE_out double Yes no [m rel.] backwater -<br />
Initial conditions for 1D simulations:<br />
• dry: This is the most simple initial condition. The whole area is initially dry – no<br />
discharge <strong>and</strong> no WSE are needed. This is the default for every computational cell<br />
where no initial condition is specified. No further variables are needed for this<br />
choice of initial condition.<br />
• fileinput: In 1D, for every cross-section, the WSE <strong>and</strong> discharge can be specified as<br />
initial condition. This choice needs an input file of type “Ini1D” with three columns:<br />
name of the cross-string (as specified in geometry), area A (corresponds to a certain<br />
WSE), discharge Q. This is also the restart option for 1Dsimulations as the default<br />
output file from previous simulations can directly be used for the import of initial<br />
conditions.<br />
• backwater: This initial condition is only available for 1D simulations. By specifying<br />
the WSE <strong>and</strong> discharge at the downstream boundary, BASEMENT then computes<br />
the backwater (“Staukurve”) for all cross-strings. Choosing this initial condition<br />
requires the specification of WSE_out <strong>and</strong> q_out.<br />
Example:<br />
HYDRAULICS<br />
{<br />
[…]<br />
INITIAL<br />
{<br />
initial_type = backwater<br />
q_out = 15.6<br />
WSE_out = 1.78<br />
}<br />
[…]<br />
}<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich RIV - 2.4-9<br />
Version 10/2/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
INPUT FILES<br />
2.4.2.3 SOURCE<br />
SOURCE<br />
compulsory repeatable Condition: -<br />
Super Blocks<br />
HYDRAULICS < BASECHAIN_1D < DOMAIN<br />
Description:<br />
The SOURCE block deals with all influences on the Source term in the equations like<br />
friction <strong>and</strong> external sources. The EXTERNAL_SOURCE block is used for additional<br />
sources. In 1D, these terms represent inflow <strong>and</strong> outflow over the lateral sides of the<br />
channel.<br />
At the moment, friction <strong>and</strong> its parameters like Strickler-value are defined within the<br />
geometry-file (see Auxiliary Files: Type “Topo1D”).<br />
Inner Blocks<br />
EXTERNAL_SOURCE<br />
Variable type comp rep values condition desc<br />
Example:<br />
HYDRAULICS<br />
{<br />
[…]<br />
SOURCE<br />
{<br />
EXTERNAL_SOURCE<br />
{<br />
[…]<br />
}<br />
}<br />
[…]<br />
}<br />
RIV - 2.4-10<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />
Version 10/2/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
INPUT FILES<br />
2.4.2.3.1 EXTERNAL_SOURCE<br />
EXTERNAL_SOURCE<br />
compulsory repeatable Condition: -<br />
Super Blocks SOURCE < HYDRAULICS < BASECHAIN_1D < DOMAIN<br />
Description: Specifies sources <strong>and</strong> sinks static or in time for parts or the whole area. The external source<br />
block is used for additional sources, mostly used for lateral inflow <strong>and</strong> outflow. Note, that<br />
external sources for hydraulics act between two cross-sections which have to be defined<br />
(contrary to morphologic external sources for 1D). If no source block is specified at all, the<br />
additional source is set to zero.<br />
Variable type comp rep values condition desc<br />
source_type enum Yes No [off_channel,<br />
qlateral]<br />
source_file string No No File type “BC” qlateral<br />
[m 3 /s]<br />
cross_sections string No No BASECHAIN_1D Cross section name<br />
must have been<br />
specified in the<br />
geometry input file<br />
side enum No No [left, right] BASECHAIN_1D Specifies from which<br />
side of the cross<br />
section (seen in flow<br />
direction) the source is<br />
acting.<br />
Source types for 1D simulations:<br />
• off_channel: This is kind of a boundary condition which allows overflow over the<br />
lateral edges of the cross sections. This option is followed with the cross_sections<br />
name. Additionally, the side token specifies whether this occurs at the left or right<br />
side. The behaviour of an off channel is like a lateral weir with the height of the<br />
extremal cross string points. No additional variable is needed. The off_channel flow<br />
acts between the defined cross-sections.<br />
• qlateral: This additional source simulates in- or outflows at the right or left side of<br />
the cross section. This option needs to be followed with the key token<br />
cross_sections with a list of the two successive cross-sections. Additionally, the<br />
side token specifies the location of the acting source (seen in flow direction). Finally,<br />
the source file includes the information about the temporal behaviour of the<br />
source’s discharge. The discharge will act between the defined two cross-sections.<br />
These cross-sections have to be defined in the geometry block successively.<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich RIV - 2.4-11<br />
Version 10/2/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
INPUT FILES<br />
Example:<br />
SOURCE<br />
{<br />
EXTERNAL_SOURCE<br />
{<br />
source_type = qlateral¨<br />
cross_sections = ( QP84.200 QP84.400 )<br />
side = right<br />
source_file = lateral_discharge_in_time.txt<br />
}<br />
EXTERNAL_SOURCE<br />
{<br />
source_type = off_channel<br />
cross_sections = ( QP84.400 QP84.800 )<br />
side = left<br />
}<br />
}<br />
RIV - 2.4-12<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />
Version 10/2/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
INPUT FILES<br />
2.4.2.4 PARAMETER<br />
PARAMETER<br />
compulsory repeatable Condition: -<br />
Super Blocks<br />
HYDRAULICS < BASECHAIN_1D < DOMAIN<br />
Description:<br />
This block contains some few numerical variables for hydraulic simulations.<br />
Inner Blocks -<br />
Variable type comp rep values condition desc<br />
initial_time_step double Yes no [s] HYDRAULICS Time step used for the<br />
determination of the<br />
computational time step.<br />
Must be clearly larger than<br />
the biggest computed time<br />
step<br />
minimum_water_depth double Yes no [m] HYDRAULICS Below this value, a cell is<br />
treated as dry.<br />
CFL double Yes no 0.5 < HYDRAULICS CFL (Courant Friedrich<br />
CFL <<br />
Lévy) number. Influences<br />
1.0<br />
the stability of the<br />
computation (value 0.5-1). It<br />
should be as close as<br />
possible to 1, <strong>and</strong><br />
diminished only in case of<br />
stability problems. This<br />
leads to an increase of<br />
numerical diffusion..<br />
total_run_time double Yes No [s] HYDRAULICS Defines the duration of the<br />
simulation.<br />
Example:<br />
HYDRAULICS<br />
{<br />
[…]<br />
PARAMETER<br />
{<br />
total_run_time = 10000.0<br />
initial_time_step = 10.0<br />
CFL = 0.7<br />
minimum_water_depth = 0.000001<br />
}<br />
[…]<br />
}<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich RIV - 2.4-13<br />
Version 10/2/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
INPUT FILES<br />
2.4.3 MORPHOLOGY<br />
MORPHOLOGY<br />
compulsory repeatable Condition: -<br />
Super Blocks BASECHAIN_1D < DOMAIN<br />
Description: Defines the morphologic specifications for the simulation. Contrary to hydraulics, this is not<br />
compulsory. If Morphology is not specified, sediment transport will be inactive. Contrary to the<br />
HYDRAULICS block, there is no INITIAL block within MORPHOLOGY. Therefore, all bedload is<br />
initially at rest by default.<br />
Inner Blocks BEDMATERIAL<br />
BOUNDARY<br />
SOURCE<br />
PARAMETER<br />
Variable type comp rep values condition desc<br />
- - - - - - -<br />
Example:<br />
MORPHOLOGY<br />
{<br />
BEDMATERIAL<br />
{<br />
[…]<br />
}<br />
BOUNDARY<br />
{<br />
[…]<br />
}<br />
BOUNDARY<br />
{<br />
[…]<br />
}<br />
SOURCE<br />
{<br />
[…]<br />
}<br />
PARAMETER<br />
{<br />
[…]<br />
}<br />
}<br />
RIV - 2.4-14<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />
Version 10/2/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
INPUT FILES<br />
2.4.3.1 BEDMATERIAL<br />
BEDMATERIAL<br />
compulsory repeatable Condition: -<br />
Super Blocks MORPHOLOGY < BASECHAIN_1D < DOMAIN<br />
Description: This block defines the characteristics of the bed material. The GRAIN_CLASS specifies<br />
the relevant diameters of the grain. The MIXTURE block allows to produce different grain<br />
mixtures with the defined diameters. The SOIL_DEF block defines sublayers <strong>and</strong> the<br />
active layer. Finally, the SOIL_ASSIGNMENT block is used to assign the different soil<br />
definitions to their corresponding areas in the topography.<br />
Inner Blocks GRAIN_CLASS<br />
MIXTURE<br />
SOIL_DEF<br />
SOIL_ASSIGNMENT<br />
Variable type comp rep values condition desc<br />
- - - - - - -<br />
Example:<br />
MORPHOLOGY<br />
{<br />
BEDMATERIAL<br />
{<br />
GRAIN_CLASS<br />
{<br />
[…]<br />
}<br />
MIXTURE<br />
{<br />
[…]<br />
}<br />
MIXTURE<br />
{<br />
[…]<br />
}<br />
SOIL_DEF<br />
{<br />
[…]<br />
}<br />
SOIL_DEF<br />
{<br />
[…]<br />
}<br />
SOIL_ASSIGNMENT<br />
{<br />
[…]<br />
}<br />
}<br />
}<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich RIV - 2.4-15<br />
Version 10/2/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
INPUT FILES<br />
2.4.3.1.1 GRAIN_CLASS<br />
GRAIN_CLASS<br />
compulsory repeatable Condition: -<br />
Super BEDMATERIAL < MORPHOLOGY < BASECHAIN_1D < DOMAIN<br />
Blocks<br />
Description: This block defines the mean diameters of the bed material in metres?!. The number of diameters<br />
in the list automatically sets the number of grains. For “single grain simulations”, only one<br />
diameter must be defined.<br />
Variable type comp rep values condition desc<br />
diameters list of doubles yes no [m]<br />
Example:<br />
BEDMATERIAL<br />
{<br />
GRAIN_CLASS<br />
{<br />
// simulation with 5 grain sizes<br />
diameters = ( 0.005 0.021 0.046 0.070 0.15)<br />
}<br />
[…]<br />
}<br />
BEDMATERIAL<br />
{<br />
GRAIN_CLASS<br />
{<br />
// simulation with 1 grain size<br />
diameters = ( 0.046 )<br />
}<br />
[…]<br />
}<br />
RIV - 2.4-16<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />
Version 10/2/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
INPUT FILES<br />
2.4.3.1.2 MIXTURE<br />
MIXTURE<br />
compulsory repeatable Condition: -<br />
Super Blocks BEDMATERIAL < MORPHOLOGY < BASECHAIN_1D < DOMAIN<br />
Description: This block allows the definition of different grain mixtures. According to the number of grain<br />
diameters from the GRAIN_CLASS, for each class, the percentual fraction of volume has to<br />
be specified using a value between 0 <strong>and</strong> 1. The fractions must be written in the order<br />
corresponding to the grain class list. If a grain class is not present in a mixture, its fraction<br />
value has to be set to 0.<br />
The mixture_name is used later for easy to use assignments.<br />
As the MIXTURE block is repeatable, several mixtures can be defined.<br />
In case of a single grain simulation (only one mean diameter in GRAIN_CLASS), the<br />
MIXTURE block does not have to be defined.<br />
Variable type comp rep values condition desc<br />
mixture_name string Yes No<br />
volume_fraction list of doubles Yes [0 to 1]<br />
Example:<br />
BEDMATERIAL<br />
{<br />
GRAIN_CLASS<br />
{<br />
// simulation with 3 grain sizes<br />
diameters = ( 0.005 0.021 0.046 )<br />
}<br />
MIXTURE<br />
{<br />
mixture_name = mixture1<br />
volume_fraction = ( 0.3 0.5 0.2 )<br />
}<br />
MIXTURE<br />
{<br />
mixture_name = mixture2<br />
volume_fraction = ( 0.3 0.4 0.3 )<br />
}<br />
[…]<br />
}<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich RIV - 2.4-17<br />
Version 10/2/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
INPUT FILES<br />
2.4.3.1.3 SOIL_DEF<br />
SOIL_DEF<br />
compulsory repeatable Condition: -<br />
Super Blocks<br />
BEDMATERIAL < MORPHOLOGY < BASECHAIN_1D < DOMAIN<br />
Description:<br />
This block defines the sub-structure of the soil. At the top is the active layer. Every<br />
further layer is defined within a SUBLAYER block. Every layer has an own mixture<br />
assigned.<br />
The definition of d90_armored_layer is only valid for single grain size simulations. If<br />
d90_armored_layer is set to 0, no armoured layer is being used.<br />
In case of a single grain simulation (only one mean diameter in GRAIN_CLASS), the<br />
active_layer_mixture does not has to be defined. Unlike in 2D simulations, for single<br />
grain size simulations, one SUBLAYER block is needed to define the fixed bed by its<br />
bottom elevation.<br />
If no SUBLAYER block is defined within a SOIL_DEF, a fixed bed without sublayer on<br />
top is assumed at this place. The SUBLAYER blocks have to be defined ordered by<br />
there relative distance to the surface!<br />
Inner Blocks<br />
SUBLAYER<br />
Variable type comp rep values condition desc<br />
soil_name string yes no<br />
active_layer_height string yes no [m]<br />
active_layer_mixture string yes no Mixture<br />
defined<br />
d90_armored_layer double no no [mm] Single grain<br />
simulation<br />
tau_erosion_start double no no [N/m 2 ]<br />
RIV - 2.4-18<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />
Version 10/2/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
INPUT FILES<br />
Example:<br />
BEDMATERIAL<br />
{<br />
GRAIN_CLASS<br />
{<br />
[…]<br />
}<br />
MIXTURE<br />
{<br />
[…]<br />
}<br />
MIXTURE<br />
{<br />
[…]<br />
}<br />
SOIL_DEF<br />
{<br />
soil_name = soil1<br />
active_layer_height = 0.3<br />
active_layer_mixture = mixture1<br />
tau_erosion_start = 0.89<br />
SUBLAYER<br />
{<br />
[…]<br />
}<br />
SUBLAYER<br />
{<br />
[…]<br />
}<br />
}<br />
SOIL_DEF<br />
{<br />
soil_name = soil2<br />
active_layer_height = 0.5<br />
active_layer_mixture = mixture2<br />
d90_armored_layer = 6.8<br />
}<br />
SUBLAYER<br />
{<br />
[…]<br />
}<br />
SUBLAYER<br />
{<br />
[…]<br />
}<br />
}<br />
[…]<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich RIV - 2.4-19<br />
Version 10/2/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
INPUT FILES<br />
2.4.3.1.3.1 SUBLAYER<br />
SUBLAYER<br />
compulsory repeatable Condition: -<br />
Super Blocks SOIL_DEF < BEDMATERIAL < MORPHOLOGY < BASECHAIN_1D < DOMAIN<br />
Description: This block defines a sublayer. For every sublayer, a new block has to be used. In 1D, the<br />
bottom elevation is relative to the surface topography defined in the geometry file.<br />
Therefore, a minus-sign has to be used. In 2D however, the bottom elevation is meant to<br />
be an absolute height!<br />
The SUBLAYER blocks have to be defined ordered by their relative height to the surface.<br />
In 1D the bottom of the lowest sublayer automatically defines the fixed bed. Unlike in 2D,<br />
there is no FIXED_BED block needed.<br />
In case of a single grain simulation (only one mean diameter in GRAIN_CLASS), only one<br />
SUBLAYER block is needed, which automatically defines the fixed bed.<br />
If no SUBLAYER block is defined within a SOIL_DEF block, a fixed bed without sublayer<br />
on top is assumed at this place.<br />
Variable type comp rep values condition desc<br />
bottom_elevation double Yes No [m] Relative to surface<br />
sublayer_mixture string No No Mixture<br />
defined<br />
Example:<br />
SOIL_DEF<br />
{<br />
soil_name = soil1<br />
active_layer_height = 0.3<br />
active_layer_mixture = mixture1<br />
tau_erosion_start = 0.89<br />
SUBLAYER<br />
{<br />
bottom_elevation = -0.5<br />
}<br />
sublayer_mixture = mixture1<br />
}<br />
SUBLAYER<br />
{<br />
bottom_elevation = -1.3<br />
sublayer_mixture = mixture2<br />
}<br />
SUBLAYER<br />
{<br />
[…]<br />
}<br />
// first sublayer<br />
// second sublayer<br />
RIV - 2.4-20<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />
Version 10/2/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
INPUT FILES<br />
2.4.3.1.4 SOIL_ASSIGNMENT<br />
SOIL_ASSIGNMENT<br />
compulsory repeatable Condition: -<br />
Super Blocks BEDMATERIAL < MORPHOLOGY < BASECHAIN_1D < DOMAIN<br />
Description:<br />
This block is finally used to assign the soil definitions to their corresponding areas in the<br />
topography. For this purpose, the index-technique is used. In the geometry input file,<br />
every cross-section (<strong>and</strong> also parts of a cross-section) can be labelled with an integer<br />
index number which is used here to attach a soil definition.<br />
For single grain size simulations, no soil assignment is needed, as the erodable bed<br />
consists everywhere of one grain class defined in GRAIN_CLASS.<br />
Inner Blocks<br />
Variable type comp rep values condition desc<br />
input_type string Yes No [index_table]<br />
index list of integers No No index_table<br />
soil list of doubles No No index_table<br />
Example:<br />
BEDMATERIAL<br />
{<br />
[…]<br />
SOIL_DEF<br />
{<br />
[…]<br />
}<br />
SOIL_DEF<br />
{<br />
[…]<br />
}<br />
SOIL_ASSIGNMENT<br />
{<br />
input_type = index_table<br />
index = ( 1 2 4 6 )<br />
soil = ( soil1 soil2 soil3 soil1 )<br />
}<br />
}<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich RIV - 2.4-21<br />
Version 10/2/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
INPUT FILES<br />
2.4.3.2 BOUNDARY<br />
BOUNDARY<br />
compulsory repeatable Condition: -<br />
Super Blocks MORPHOLOGY < BASECHAIN_1D < DOMAIN<br />
Description: Defines boundary conditions for morphology. If no boundary condition is specified for part<br />
of or the whole boundary, an infinite wall is assumed. For every different condition, a new<br />
block BOUNDARY has to be used. It is distinguished between upstream <strong>and</strong> downstream<br />
boundary conditions. At the upstream, inflow conditions are valable. They need a mixture<br />
assigned in case of multi grain size simulaitons. Downstream boundary conditions are for<br />
outflow – they don’t need any mixture in any case.<br />
Variable type comp rep values condition desc<br />
boundary_type enum Yes No {sediment_discharge, MORPHOLOGY<br />
IOUp, IODown}<br />
boundary_string string Yes No {upstream,<br />
downstream}<br />
string name defined Upstream<br />
<strong>and</strong><br />
downstream<br />
are defined<br />
by the first<br />
resp. last<br />
entry in the<br />
string order<br />
list for 1D<br />
geometry<br />
boundary_file string No No File type “BC” sediment_discharge<br />
boundary_mixture string No No upstream, mixture<br />
defined<br />
multi grain size<br />
simulation<br />
Boundary types for 1D simulations:<br />
• sediment_discharge: this boundary condition is based on a sediment-“hydrograph”<br />
describing the bedload inflow at the upstream bound in time. The behaviour in time<br />
is specified in the boundary file with two columns: time <strong>and</strong> corresponding<br />
sediment discharge. The values are interpolated in time. Additionally, the<br />
boundary_mixture must be set to a predefined mixture name.<br />
• IOUp: This upstream boundary condition grants a constant bedload inflow. Basically,<br />
the same amount of sediment leaving the first computational cell in flow direction<br />
enters the cell from the upstream bound. This is useful to determine the equilibrium<br />
flux. As it is an inflow condition, a boundary_mixture must be set.<br />
• IODown: The only downstream boundary condition available for sediment transport<br />
corresponds to the definition of IOup. All sediment entering the last computational<br />
cell will leave the cell over the downstream boundary. There is no further<br />
RIV - 2.4-22<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />
Version 10/2/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
INPUT FILES<br />
information needed for this case. If you don’t specify any downstream boundary<br />
condition, no transport over the downstream bound will occur – a wall is assumed.<br />
Example:<br />
MORPHOLOGY<br />
{<br />
[…]<br />
BOUNDARY<br />
{<br />
boundary_type = sediment_discharge<br />
boundary_string = upstream<br />
boundary_file = upstream_discharge.txt<br />
boundary_mixture = mixture2<br />
}<br />
BOUNDARY<br />
{<br />
boundary_type = IODown<br />
boundary_string = downstream<br />
}<br />
[…]<br />
}<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich RIV - 2.4-23<br />
Version 10/2/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
INPUT FILES<br />
2.4.3.3 SOURCE<br />
SOURCE<br />
compulsory repeatable Condition: -<br />
Super Blocks<br />
MORPHOLOGY < BASECHAIN_1D < DOMAIN<br />
Description:<br />
The SOURCE block for morphology in 1D contains only external sources for lateral<br />
bedload inflow. For each such external source, a new inner EXTERNAL_SOURCE<br />
block has to be defined.<br />
Inner Blocks<br />
EXTERNAL_SOURCE<br />
Variable type comp rep values condition desc<br />
- - - - -<br />
Example:<br />
MORPHOLOGY<br />
{<br />
[…]<br />
SOURCE<br />
{<br />
EXTERNAL_SOURCE<br />
{<br />
[…]<br />
}<br />
EXTERNAL_SOURCE<br />
{<br />
[…]<br />
}<br />
}<br />
[…]<br />
}<br />
RIV - 2.4-24<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />
Version 10/2/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
INPUT FILES<br />
2.4.3.3.1 EXTERNAL_SOURCE<br />
EXTERNAL_SOURCE<br />
compulsory repeatable Condition: -<br />
Super Blocks SOURCE < MORPHOLOGY < BASECHAIN_1D < DOMAIN<br />
Description: The external source block is used for additional lateral sources beneath the boundary<br />
conditions, e.g. unloading of bedload or lateral sediment inflow. Note, that external sources<br />
for morphology act exactly on one cross-section (contrary to hydraulic external sources for<br />
1D). An input file for sediment discharge can be used for the definition of inflow <strong>and</strong> outflow<br />
(sink / negative discharge). However, the source_mixture only acts for sediment inflow <strong>and</strong><br />
doesn’t have to be specified with single grain size simulations.<br />
If no source block is specified at all, the additional source is set to zero.<br />
Inner Blocks<br />
Variable type comp rep values condition desc<br />
source_type enum Yes No sediment_dicharge<br />
source_file String No No File type “BC”<br />
cross_section string No No<br />
source_mixture string No No Mixture<br />
defined<br />
Example:<br />
MORPHOLOGY<br />
{<br />
[…]<br />
SOURCE<br />
{<br />
EXTERNAL_SOURCE<br />
{<br />
source_type = sediment_discharge<br />
source_file = source_in_time.txt<br />
cross_section = QP84.200<br />
source_mixture = mixture2<br />
}<br />
EXTERNAL_SOURCE<br />
{<br />
source_type = sediment_discharge<br />
source_file = another_source_in_time.txt<br />
cross_section = QP84.800<br />
source_mixture = mixture1<br />
}<br />
}<br />
[…]<br />
}<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich RIV - 2.4-25<br />
Version 10/2/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
INPUT FILES<br />
2.4.3.4 PARAMETERS<br />
PARAMETER<br />
compulsory repeatable Condition: -<br />
Super Blocks MORPHOLOGY < BASECHAIN_1D < DOMAIN<br />
Description:<br />
The PARAMETER block for morphology in 1D contains general settings dealing with<br />
bedload transport <strong>and</strong> sediment properties.<br />
Variable type comp rep values condition desc<br />
hydro_step double MORPHOLOGY Number of time steps after<br />
which the hydraulic<br />
parameters<br />
are<br />
recomputed (useful in case<br />
of bed load computation<br />
with steady flow<br />
conditions).<br />
bedload_transport String Yes No {MPM, MORPHOLOGY<br />
MPMH,<br />
parker,<br />
powerlaw}<br />
factor1 double No No MPM, power<br />
factor2 double No No power<br />
porosity double Yes No [0 … 1] MORPHOLOGY fraction of soil volume<br />
which is not occupied by<br />
the sediment.<br />
strickler_factor double No No MORPHOLOGY Factor for the computation<br />
of Strickler friction value<br />
from grain diameter:<br />
k<br />
6<br />
Str<br />
= factor d90<br />
/<br />
Recommended value 21.1.<br />
upwind double Yes No [0.5 … 1] MORPHOLOGY Defines which part of the<br />
sediment flux on the edge<br />
is taken from the upstream<br />
cross-section.<br />
Recommended 0.5 - 1,<br />
depending on the stability<br />
of the computation!<br />
height_active_layer double No No MORPHOLOGY Height of the active layer. If<br />
this value is set to 0, the<br />
active layer height will be<br />
calculated at each time<br />
step <strong>and</strong> is thus variable.<br />
RIV - 2.4-26<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />
Version 10/2/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
INPUT FILES<br />
critical_angle double No no MORPHOLOGY<br />
density double Yes no [kg/m 3 ] MORPHOLOGY Density of sediment<br />
(recommended value<br />
2650).<br />
max_dz_table double No MORPHOLOGY<br />
Further descriptions:<br />
• factor1: used for MPM: factor of MPM formula (5-15, usually set to 8)<br />
used for power law: α, a calibration value<br />
• factor2: used for power law: β, a calibration value<br />
Example:<br />
MORPHOLOGY<br />
{<br />
[…]<br />
PARAMETER<br />
{<br />
hydro_step = 5.0<br />
bedload_transport = MPM<br />
density = 2650.0<br />
[…]<br />
}<br />
[…]<br />
}<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich RIV - 2.4-27<br />
Version 10/2/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
INPUT FILES<br />
This page has been intentionally left blank.<br />
RIV - 2.4-28<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />
Version 10/2/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
INPUT FILES<br />
2.5 OUTPUT<br />
OUTPUT<br />
compulsory repeatable Condition: -<br />
Super Blocks BASECHAIN_1D < DOMAIN<br />
Description: This block specifies the desired output data. In 1D, a default output file contains all<br />
information about geometry <strong>and</strong> other variables along the flow direction. It is written<br />
according to the output time step setting <strong>and</strong> can be used for continuation simulations.<br />
For temporal outputs, one has to specify a SPECIAL_OUTPUT where several variables<br />
are listed versus the time for a chosen cross-section. Additionally, it is possible to extract<br />
minimal <strong>and</strong> maximal values or the sum of variables over the time.<br />
Inner Blocks SPECIAL_OUTPUT<br />
Variable type comp rep values condition desc<br />
output_time_step double Yes No [s]<br />
console_time_step double No No [s] If not specified, output time<br />
step is used.<br />
Example:<br />
BASECHAIN_1D<br />
{<br />
[…]<br />
OUTPUT<br />
{<br />
output_time_step = 10.0<br />
console_time_step = 1.0<br />
SPECIAL_OUTPUT<br />
{<br />
[…]<br />
}<br />
SPECIAL_OUTPUT<br />
{<br />
[…]<br />
}<br />
}<br />
[…]<br />
}<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich RIV - 2.5-1<br />
Version 10/2/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
INPUT FILES<br />
2.5.1.1 SPECIAL_OUTPUT<br />
SPECIAL_OUTPUT<br />
compulsory repeatable Condition: -<br />
Super Blocks OUTPUT < BASECHAIN_1D < DOMAIN<br />
Description: Besides the default output, some extra output can be defined. Either one chooses the<br />
tecplot_all output type for an exhaustive output. However, this option could produce too<br />
much data. In this case, one may choose specifically what data for which cross-section<br />
shall be written to an output file.<br />
This may include minimum, maximum, summation <strong>and</strong> whole time series for the principal<br />
variables as the wetted area, discharge, sediment discharge, water surface elevation <strong>and</strong><br />
velocities.<br />
Each such information for each cross-section will be written to an own file.<br />
Variable Type comp rep values condition desc<br />
type string Yes No {monitor, tecplot_all}<br />
output_time_step double Yes No<br />
cross_sections string list Yes No monitor<br />
A string list No No {min max time} monitor<br />
Q string list No No {min max time sum} monitor<br />
Qb string list No No {min max sum} monitor<br />
WSE string list No No {min max time} monitor<br />
V string list No No {min max time} monitor<br />
file_name string Yes No tecplot_all Output file<br />
name<br />
RIV - 2.5-2<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />
Version 10/2/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
INPUT FILES<br />
Example:<br />
BASECHAIN_1D<br />
{<br />
[…]<br />
OUTPUT<br />
{<br />
output_time_step = 10.0<br />
console_time_step = 1.0<br />
SPECIAL_OUTPUT<br />
{<br />
type = monitor<br />
output_time_step = 10.0<br />
oross_sections = ( QP84.200 QP86.600 )<br />
A = ( min max )<br />
Q = ( sum time )<br />
Qb = ( sum )<br />
V = ( time )<br />
}<br />
SPECIAL_OUTPUT<br />
{<br />
type = monitor<br />
output_time_step = 35.0<br />
cross_sections = ( QP82.100 )<br />
A = ( time )<br />
Q = ( sum time )<br />
}<br />
SPECIAL_OUTPUT<br />
{<br />
type = tecplot_all<br />
output_time_step = 50.0<br />
file_name = tecplot_output.tec<br />
}<br />
}<br />
[…]<br />
}<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich RIV - 2.5-3<br />
Version 10/2/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
INPUT FILES<br />
This page has been intentionally left blank.<br />
RIV - 2.5-4<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />
Version 10/2/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
INPUT FILES<br />
2.6 BASEPLANE_2D : core block for two dimensional simulations<br />
The main block declaring a 2D simulation is called BASEPLANE_2D within the DOMAINblock.<br />
It contains all information about the precise simulation. To ensure a homogeneous<br />
input structure, the sub blocks for BASEPLANE_2D <strong>and</strong> BASECHAIN_1D are roughly the<br />
same.<br />
A first distinction is made for geometry, hydraulic <strong>and</strong> morphologic data as the user is not<br />
always interested in both results of fluvial <strong>and</strong> sedimentologic simulation. The geometry<br />
however is independent of the choice of calculation. Inside the two blocks (hydraulics <strong>and</strong><br />
morphology), the structure covers the whole field of numerical <strong>and</strong> mathematical<br />
information that is required for every computation.<br />
These blocks deal with boundary conditions, initial conditions, sources <strong>and</strong> sinks, numerical<br />
parameters <strong>and</strong> settings <strong>and</strong> output-specifications. Be aware of a slightly different behaviour<br />
of the sub blocks dependent on the choice of 2D or 1D calculation.<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich RIV - 2.6-1<br />
Version 10/2/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
INPUT FILES<br />
BASEPLANE_2D<br />
compulsory repeatable Condition: -<br />
Super Block DOMAIN<br />
Description: This block includes all information for a 2D simulation<br />
Inner Blocks GEOMETRY<br />
HYDRAULICS<br />
MORPHOLOGY<br />
OUTPUT<br />
Variable type comp rep values condition desc<br />
region_name string Yes No - -<br />
Example:<br />
DOMAIN<br />
{<br />
multiregion = Rhein<br />
PHYSICAL_PROPERTIES<br />
{<br />
[…]<br />
}<br />
CALCREGION2D<br />
{<br />
region name = rhine delta<br />
GEOMETRY<br />
{<br />
[…]<br />
}<br />
HYDRAULICS<br />
{<br />
[…]<br />
}<br />
MORPHOLOGY<br />
{<br />
[…]<br />
}<br />
OUTPUT<br />
{<br />
[…]<br />
}<br />
}<br />
}<br />
RIV - 2.6-2<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />
Version 10/2/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
INPUT FILES<br />
2.6.1 GEOMETRY<br />
GEOMETRY<br />
compulsory repeatable Condition: -<br />
Super Block BASEPLAN_2D < DOMAIN<br />
Description: Defines the problems topography using different input formats<br />
Inner Blocks STRINGDEF<br />
Variable type comp rep values condition desc<br />
geometry_type enum Yes No {floris,SMS,2dmb} -<br />
geofile string Yes No - -<br />
The inner block STRINGDEF is used only for 2D simulations to define connected node<br />
strings, e.g. for cross-string or boundary definitions. These definitions are of various use,<br />
mostly for the definition of boundary conditions.<br />
A way of defining element attributes in 2D is the use of a material index. When importing an<br />
SMS-geometry type mesh, every cell can be assigned such an index (an integer number).<br />
This index can be used to assign the following attributes:<br />
- friction factor n<br />
- constant viscosity v<br />
- initial condition WSE<br />
- initial condition u<br />
- initial condition v<br />
- soil index<br />
- rock elevation (fixed bed)<br />
The possible use of a material index is explained in the corresponding sections.<br />
Example:<br />
CALCREGION2D<br />
{<br />
region_name = RhineDelta<br />
GEOMETRY<br />
{<br />
geometry_type = sms<br />
geofile = deltageom.2dm<br />
}<br />
[…]<br />
}<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich RIV - 2.6-3<br />
Version 10/2/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
INPUT FILES<br />
2.6.1.1 STRINGDEF<br />
STRINGDEF<br />
compulsory repeatable Condition: BASEPLANE_2D<br />
Super Block BASEPLANE_2D < DOMAIN<br />
Description: Defines a successive string represented by an array of node indices from the 2D-input<br />
file. Can be used to assign node-specific stuff like boundary conditions or the definition of<br />
cross-strings for output observation. Be aware to use continuous strings – unconnected<br />
nodes will not force an error.<br />
Variable type comp rep values condition desc<br />
cross_string_name string Yes no<br />
node_ids integer Yes Yes<br />
string_file string No yes Not implemented yet<br />
Examples:<br />
CALCREGION2D<br />
{<br />
region_name = RhineDelta<br />
GEOMETRY<br />
{<br />
geometry_type = sms<br />
geofile = deltageom.2dm<br />
STRINGDEF<br />
{<br />
cross_string_name = cross-section1<br />
node_ids = ( 12 22 25 72 92 )<br />
}<br />
STRINGDEF<br />
{<br />
cross_string_name = boundary1<br />
node_ids = ( 112 212 215 712 192 )<br />
}<br />
STRINGDEF<br />
{<br />
cross_string_name = boundary2<br />
node_ids = ( 13 23 35 73 93 )<br />
}<br />
}<br />
[…]<br />
}<br />
RIV - 2.6-4<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />
Version 10/2/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
INPUT FILES<br />
2.6.2 HYDRAULICS<br />
HYDRAULICS<br />
compulsory repeatable Condition: -<br />
Super BASEPLANE_2D < DOMAIN<br />
Blocks<br />
Description: Defines the hydraulic specifications for the simulation. This block contains only further sub<br />
blocks but no own variables.<br />
Inner Blocks BOUNDARY<br />
INITIAL<br />
SOURCE<br />
PARAMETER<br />
Variable type comp rep values condition desc<br />
- - - -<br />
Example:<br />
HYDRAULICS<br />
{<br />
BOUNDARY<br />
{<br />
[…]<br />
}<br />
INITIAL<br />
{<br />
[…]<br />
}<br />
SOURCE<br />
{<br />
[…]<br />
}<br />
PARAMETER<br />
{<br />
[…]<br />
}<br />
}<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich RIV - 2.6-5<br />
Version 10/2/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
INPUT FILES<br />
2.6.2.1 BOUNDARY<br />
BOUNDARY<br />
compulsory repeatable Condition: -<br />
Super Block<br />
HYDRAULICS < BASEPLANE_2D < DOMAIN<br />
Description:<br />
Defines boundary conditions for hydraulics or morphology. If no boundary condition<br />
is specified for part of or the whole boundary, an infinite wall is assumed. For every<br />
different condition, a new block BOUNDARY has to be used.<br />
Variable type comp rep values condition desc<br />
boundary_type Enum Yes No {hydrograph, weir<br />
zero_gradient, wall}<br />
HYDRAULICS,<br />
BASEPLANE_2D<br />
boundary_string_name String Yes No string name<br />
defined in<br />
STRINGDEF<br />
boundary_file String No No File type “BC” hydrograph<br />
Boundary types for 2D simulations:<br />
• hydrograph: This boundary conditions is a hydrograph describing the total<br />
discharge in time over an inflow boundary-string. It requires a boundary file with two<br />
columns: time <strong>and</strong> corresponding discharge. You don’t have to specify the<br />
discharge for each timestep – values will be interpolated between the defined times<br />
in the input file. However, you need at least 2 discharges in time – at the beginning<br />
<strong>and</strong> in the end. If you use a constant discharge in time, at the beginning of the<br />
simulation, the discharge will be smoothly increased from zero to the constant value<br />
within a certain time.<br />
• zero_gradient: This boundary condition is used for outflow out of the computational<br />
area. Basically, the flux entering the boundary element leaves the computational<br />
area with the flux over the boundary. Mathematically speaking, all gradients of the<br />
main variables waterdepth <strong>and</strong> velocities are zero in the boundary cell.<br />
• weir: This is another outflow boundary condition. It requires a boundary file with<br />
two columns: time <strong>and</strong> corresponding weir height. Values are interpolated in time<br />
automatically as described at the hydrograph.<br />
• wall: This is the default boundary condition for all nodes where no other boundary<br />
was specified. The wall is of infinite height – there is no flux across the element<br />
borders.<br />
RIV - 2.6-6<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />
Version 10/2/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
INPUT FILES<br />
Example:<br />
HYDRAULICS<br />
{<br />
BOUNDARY<br />
{<br />
boundary_type = hydrograph<br />
boundary_string_name = boundary1 // as defined in STRINGDEF<br />
boundary_file = discharge_in_time.txt<br />
}<br />
BOUNDARY<br />
{<br />
boundary_type = weir<br />
boundary_string_name = other_bndry // as defined in STRINGDEF<br />
level_file = weirlevel_in_time.txt<br />
}<br />
BOUNDARY<br />
{<br />
boundary_type = zero_gradient<br />
boundary_string_name = third_bndry // as defined in STRINGDEF<br />
}<br />
[…]<br />
}<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich RIV - 2.6-7<br />
Version 10/2/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
INPUT FILES<br />
2.6.2.2 INITIAL<br />
INITIAL<br />
compulsory repeatable Condition: -<br />
Super Block HYDRAULICS < BASEPLANE_2D < DOMAIN<br />
Description: Defines initial conditions for hydraulics in 2D. If no initial condition is specified for parts or the<br />
whole domain, the initial conditions is set to dry.<br />
Initial conditions may be derived from earlier simulations where one wants to continue from an<br />
outputfile. This filename is always called “region_name_old.sim”, where “region_name” has<br />
been defined in the BASEPLANE_2D block.<br />
Otherwise, the initial conditions can be set using the material-index from the geometry input file.<br />
Variable type comp rep values condition desc<br />
Initial_type Enum Yes No {dry, continue, index_table}<br />
initial_file String No No Dependent on initial type continue<br />
index Integer No No Index_table<br />
WSE Real No No [m rel.] Index_table,<br />
h not used<br />
h real No No [m abs.] Index_table,<br />
WSE not used<br />
u real No No [m/s] Index_table<br />
v real No No [m/s] Index_table<br />
Initial types for 2D simulations:<br />
• dry: This is the most simple initial condition. The whole area is initially dry – no<br />
discharge <strong>and</strong> no WSE is needed. This is the default for every cell in 2D where no initial<br />
condition is specified.<br />
• continue: From earlier simulations, one can continue using the former outputfile as new<br />
initial conditions input file. This filename is always called “region_name_old.sim”, where<br />
“region_name” has been defined in the BASEPLANE_2D block.<br />
• index_table: The initial conditions for WSE, u <strong>and</strong> v can be set manually using the<br />
material index technique. In the geometry file, every cell can be assigned an integer<br />
value which is called the “material index”. To every one of these indices, specific values<br />
for WSE, u <strong>and</strong> v can be assigned. All lists must have the same number of elements,<br />
which correspond to the element in the index-list. See the example for explanation.<br />
RIV - 2.6-8<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />
Version 10/2/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
INPUT FILES<br />
Example:<br />
HYDRAULICS<br />
{<br />
[…]<br />
INITIAL<br />
{<br />
initial_type = index_table<br />
index = ( 1 2 3 4 5 )<br />
WSE = ( 12.1 15.0 0.0 0.54 2.3 )<br />
U = ( 0.0 -3.2 1.5 0.0 5.6 )<br />
V = ( 0.0 0.0 2.1 3.0 0.1 )<br />
}<br />
[…]<br />
}<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich RIV - 2.6-9<br />
Version 10/2/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
INPUT FILES<br />
2.6.2.3 SOURCE<br />
SOURCE<br />
compulsory repeatable Condition: -<br />
Super Blocks<br />
HYDRAULICS < BASEPLANE_2D < DOMAIN<br />
Description:<br />
The SOURCE block deals with all influences on the source term in the equations to<br />
be solved. Basically, the soil friction defines the source term. Different friction values<br />
<strong>and</strong> constant eddy viscosity can be assigned to the computational domain using the<br />
material index technique.<br />
Furthermore, the EXTERNAL_SOURCE block is used for additional sources or sinks,<br />
sometimes used instead of flux boundary conditions.<br />
Inner Blocks<br />
EXTERNAL_SOURCE<br />
Variable type comp rep values condition desc<br />
friction_type enum Yes No {manning} HYDRAULICS<br />
input_type enum Yes No index_table<br />
index real list No No index_table<br />
n_manning real list No No index_table<br />
inner_viscosity real list No No [m 2 /s] index_table<br />
Example:<br />
HYDRAULICS<br />
{<br />
[…]<br />
SOURCE<br />
{<br />
friction_type = manning<br />
initial_type = index_table<br />
index = ( 1 2 3 4 5 )<br />
n_manning = ( 0.02 15.0 0.0 0.54 2.3 )<br />
inner_viscosity = ( 0.028 0.021 0.0 0.03 0.13 )<br />
}<br />
[…]<br />
}<br />
RIV - 2.6-10<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />
Version 10/2/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
INPUT FILES<br />
2.6.2.3.1 EXTERNAL_SOURCE<br />
EXTERNAL_SOURCE<br />
compulsory repeatable Condition: -<br />
Super SOURCE < HYDRAULICS < BASEPLANE_2D < DOMAIN<br />
Blocks<br />
Description: The external source block is used for additional sources, mostly used for sources <strong>and</strong> sinks. The<br />
only available source type is source_discharge which acts as a sink when delivered with<br />
negative values in the source_file. All external sources act on one or more computational cells<br />
which have to be listed in an element_ids list. The specified source will then be partitioned<br />
among the corresponding cells weighted with their volumes. For each different external source,<br />
a new block has to be created. The input format for the source_file is of file type “BC”: two<br />
columns with time <strong>and</strong> corresponding source discharge.<br />
Variable type comp rep values condition desc<br />
source_type enum Yes No [source_discharge]<br />
source_file string Yes No File type “BC”<br />
element_ids integer list No No source_discharge<br />
Example:<br />
SOURCE<br />
{<br />
[…]<br />
EXTERNAL_SOURCE<br />
{<br />
source_type = source_discharge<br />
element_ids = ( 45 ) // only one element also needs brackets<br />
source_file = discharge1_in_time.txt<br />
}<br />
EXTERNAL_SOURCE<br />
{<br />
source_type = source_discharge<br />
element_ids = ( 12 14 18 )<br />
source_file = another_discharge.txt<br />
}<br />
}<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich RIV - 2.6-11<br />
Version 10/2/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
INPUT FILES<br />
2.6.2.4 PARAMETER<br />
PARAMETER<br />
compulsory repeatable Condition: -<br />
Super Blocks<br />
HYDRAULICS < BASEPLANE_2D < DOMAIN<br />
Description:<br />
The PARAMETER block for hydraulics is used to specify general numerical<br />
parameters for the simulation, as time step, total run time, CFL number, solvertype<br />
etc.<br />
Inner Blocks<br />
Variable type comp rep values condition desc<br />
simulation_scheme enum Yes No { exp } HYDRAULICS<br />
riemann_solver enum Yes No {HLL, EXACT} HYDRAULICS<br />
CFL real Yes No 0.5 < CFL < 1.0 HYDRAULICS<br />
initial_time_step double Yes No [s] HYDRAULICS<br />
miminum_time_step double Yes No [s] HYDRAULICS<br />
minimum_water_depth double Yes No [m] HYDRAULICS<br />
total_run_time double Yes No [s] HYDRAULICS<br />
Explanation for the parameters:<br />
• simulation_scheme : exp uses an explicit time integration scheme (Euler method).<br />
An implicit time integrator has not yet been implemented.<br />
• riemann_solver : different solvers for the Riemann problem.<br />
• CFL : CourantFriedrichLax-number. This parameter is used to control the timestep.<br />
The CFL-number is defined as the ratio between spatial resolution <strong>and</strong> timestep.<br />
Values lye between 0.5 <strong>and</strong> 1.<br />
• initial_time_step : This option only influences the time step at the beginning of a<br />
simulation. After a few iterations, it has no more effect.<br />
• minimum_time_step : It is possible to define a minimum timestep to get more<br />
exact results. Of course, a smaller timestep always means longer computational<br />
time.<br />
• minimum_water_depth : This parameter is a key element in shallow waters<br />
simulation. The definition of a minimal water depth avoids division by zero which<br />
would lead to numerical instabilities. Every cell with water depth below this value<br />
will be treated as dry.<br />
• total_run_time : When this time value is reached, the simulation stops <strong>and</strong> writes<br />
all output.<br />
RIV - 2.6-12<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />
Version 10/2/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
INPUT FILES<br />
Example:<br />
HYDRAULICS<br />
{<br />
[…]<br />
PARAMETER<br />
{<br />
simulation_scheme = exp<br />
riemann_solver = EXACT<br />
CFL = 1.0<br />
initial_time_step = 0.01<br />
minimum_step = 0.1<br />
}<br />
[…]<br />
}<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich RIV - 2.6-13<br />
Version 10/2/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
INPUT FILES<br />
2.6.3 MORPHOLOGY<br />
MORPHOLOGY<br />
compulsory repeatable Condition: -<br />
Super Blocks BASEPLANE_2D < DOMAIN<br />
Description: Defines the morphologic specifications for the simulation. Contrary to hydraulics, this is not<br />
compulsory. If Morphology is not specified, sediment transport will be inactive. Contrary to the<br />
HYDRAULICS block, there is no INITIAL block within MORPHOLOGY. Therefore, all bedload is<br />
initially at rest by default.<br />
For MORPHOLOGY, the BOUNDARY block has no use. All bedlaod boundary condition for<br />
sediment in- or outflow is done using EXTERNAL_SOURCES.<br />
Inner Blocks BEDMATERIAL<br />
BOUNDARY<br />
SOURCE<br />
PARAMETER<br />
Variable type comp rep values condition desc<br />
- - - - - - -<br />
Example:<br />
MORPHOLOGY<br />
{<br />
BEDMATERIAL<br />
{<br />
[…]<br />
}<br />
SOURCE<br />
{<br />
[…]<br />
}<br />
PARAMETER<br />
{<br />
[…]<br />
}<br />
}<br />
RIV - 2.6-14<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />
Version 10/2/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
INPUT FILES<br />
2.6.3.1 BEDMATERIAL<br />
BEDMATERIAL<br />
compulsory repeatable Condition: -<br />
Super Blocks MORPHOLOGY < BASEPLANE_2D < DOMAIN<br />
Description: This block defines the characteristics of the bed material. The GRAIN_CLASS specifies<br />
the relevant diameters of the grain. The MIXTURE block allows producing different grain<br />
mixtures using the mean diameters. The SOIL_DEF block defines sub layers <strong>and</strong> the<br />
active layer. Finally, the SOIL_ASSIGNMENT block is used to assign the different soil<br />
definitions to their corresponding areas within the topography.<br />
Inner Blocks GRAIN_CLASS<br />
MIXTURE<br />
SOIL_DEF<br />
FIXED_BED<br />
SOIL_ASSIGNMENT<br />
Variable type comp rep values condition desc<br />
Example:<br />
MORPHOLOGY<br />
{<br />
BEDMATERIAL<br />
{<br />
GRAIN_CLASS<br />
{<br />
[…]<br />
}<br />
MIXTURE<br />
{<br />
[…]<br />
}<br />
MIXTURE<br />
{<br />
[…]<br />
}<br />
SOIL_DEF<br />
{<br />
[…]<br />
}<br />
SOIL_DEF<br />
{<br />
[…]<br />
}<br />
SOIL_ASSIGNMENT<br />
{<br />
[…]<br />
}<br />
}<br />
}<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich RIV - 2.6-15<br />
Version 10/2/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
INPUT FILES<br />
2.6.3.1.1 GRAIN_CLASS<br />
GRAIN_CLASS<br />
compulsory repeatable Condition: -<br />
Super BEDMATERIAL < MORPHOLOGY < BASEPLANE_2D < DOMAIN<br />
Blocks<br />
Description: This block defines the mean diameters of the bed material in [mm]. The number of diameters in<br />
the list automatically sets the number of grains. For “single grain simulations”, only one diameter<br />
must be defined (see example).<br />
Variable type comp rep values condition desc<br />
diameters double [mm]<br />
Example:<br />
BEDMATERIAL<br />
{<br />
GRAIN_CLASS<br />
{<br />
// simulation with 5 grain sizes [mm]<br />
diameters = ( 0.5 2.1 4.6 7.0 15.0 )<br />
}<br />
[…]<br />
}<br />
BEDMATERIAL<br />
{<br />
GRAIN_CLASS<br />
{<br />
}<br />
}<br />
[…]<br />
// simulation with 1 grain size [mm]<br />
diameters = ( 4.6 ) // don’t forget to put the brackets<br />
RIV - 2.6-16<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />
Version 10/2/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
INPUT FILES<br />
2.6.3.1.2 MIXTURE<br />
MIXTURE<br />
compulsory repeatable Condition: -<br />
Super Blocks BEDMATERIAL < MORPHOLOGY < BASEPLANE_2D < DOMAIN<br />
Description: This block allows the definition of different grain mixtures. According to the number of grain<br />
diameters from the GRAIN_CLASS, for each class, the volume percentage has to be<br />
specified. The fractions must be written in the order corresponding to the grain class list. If<br />
a grain class is not present in a mixture, its fraction value has to be set to 0.<br />
The mixture_name is used later for easy to use assignments.<br />
As the MIXTURE block is repeatable, several mixtures can be defined.<br />
In case of a single grain simulation (only one mean diameter in GRAIN_CLASS), the<br />
MIXTURE block does not have to be defined.<br />
Variable type comp rep values condition desc<br />
mixture_name string Yes No<br />
volume_fraction list of doubles Yes No [%]<br />
Example:<br />
BEDMATERIAL<br />
{<br />
GRAIN_CLASS<br />
{<br />
// simulation with 3 grain sizes<br />
diameters = ( 0.5 2.1 4.6 )<br />
}<br />
MIXTURE<br />
{<br />
mixture_name = mixture1<br />
volume_fraction = ( 0 100 0 )<br />
}<br />
MIXTURE<br />
{<br />
mixture_name = mixture2<br />
volume_fraction = ( 90.1 5.7 4.2 )<br />
}<br />
[…]<br />
}<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich RIV - 2.6-17<br />
Version 10/2/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
INPUT FILES<br />
2.6.3.1.3 SOIL_DEF<br />
SOIL_DEF<br />
compulsory repeatable Condition: -<br />
Super Blocks<br />
BEDMATERIAL < MORPHOLOGY < BASEPLANE_2D < DOMAIN<br />
Description:<br />
This block defines the sub-structure of the soil. At the top is the active layer, defined<br />
by its height (thickness). Every further layer is defined within a SUBLAYER block. Every<br />
layer has an own mixture assigned.<br />
The definition of d90_armored_layer is only valid for single grain size simulations.<br />
In case of a single grain simulation (only one mean diameter in GRAIN_CLASS), the<br />
active_layer_mixture does not has to be defined. However, at least one SUBLAYER<br />
block must be defined in case of a single grain size simulation.<br />
Inner Blocks<br />
SUBLAYER<br />
Variable type comp rep values condition desc<br />
soil_name string yes no<br />
active_layer_height string yes no [m]<br />
active_layer_mixture string yes no Mixture<br />
defined<br />
d90_armored_layer double no no [mm] Single grain<br />
size<br />
simulation<br />
RIV - 2.6-18<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />
Version 10/2/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
INPUT FILES<br />
Example:<br />
BEDMATERIAL<br />
{<br />
GRAIN_CLASS<br />
{<br />
[…]<br />
}<br />
MIXTURE<br />
{<br />
[…]<br />
}<br />
MIXTURE<br />
{<br />
[…]<br />
}<br />
SOIL_DEF<br />
{<br />
soil_name = soil1<br />
active_layer_height = 0.3<br />
active_layer_mixture = mixture1<br />
d90_armored_layer = 0.1<br />
SUBLAYER<br />
{<br />
[…]<br />
}<br />
SUBLAYER<br />
{<br />
[…]<br />
}<br />
}<br />
SOIL_DEF<br />
{<br />
soil_name = soil2<br />
active_layer_height = 0.5<br />
active_layer_mixture = mixture2<br />
d90_armored_layer = 6.8<br />
SUBLAYER<br />
{<br />
[…]<br />
}<br />
SUBLAYER<br />
{<br />
[…]<br />
}<br />
// thickness in [m]<br />
}<br />
}<br />
[…]<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich RIV - 2.6-19<br />
Version 10/2/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
INPUT FILES<br />
2.6.3.1.3.1 SUBLAYER<br />
SUBLAYER<br />
compulsory repeatable Condition: -<br />
Super Blocks SOIL_DEF < BEDMATERIAL < MORPHOLOGY < BASEPLANE_2D < DOMAIN<br />
Description: This block defines a sub layer. For every sub layer, a new block has to be used. In 2D, the<br />
bottom elevation is an absolute value in coordinate space, unlike in 1D, where the bottom<br />
elevation is relative to the surface topography defined in the geometry file.<br />
In case of a single grain simulation (only one mean diameter in GRAIN_CLASS), the<br />
SUBLAYER block does not has to be defined as the FIXED_BED block is authoritative for<br />
that purpose.<br />
Variable type comp rep values condition desc<br />
bottom_elevation double Yes No [m rel.]<br />
sublayer_mixture string No No Mixture<br />
defined<br />
Example:<br />
SOIL_DEF<br />
{<br />
soil_name = soil1<br />
active_layer_height = 0.3<br />
active_layer_mixture = mixture1<br />
tau_erosion_start = 0.89<br />
SUBLAYER<br />
{<br />
bottom_elevation = -0.5<br />
sublayer_mixture = mixture1<br />
}<br />
SUBLAYER<br />
{<br />
bottom_elevation = -1.3<br />
sublayer_mixture = mixture2<br />
}<br />
SUBLAYER<br />
{<br />
[…]<br />
}<br />
}<br />
RIV - 2.6-20<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />
Version 10/2/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
INPUT FILES<br />
2.6.3.1.3.2 FIXED_BED<br />
FIXED_BED<br />
compulsory repeatable Condition: -<br />
Super SOIL_DEF < BEDMATERIAL < MORPHOLOGY < BASEPLANE_2D < DOMAIN<br />
Blocks<br />
Description: In order to control the erosion process, the user can define rock elevations (fixed bed) for the<br />
computational domain. No erosion can occur if there is no more sediment on top of the fixed<br />
bed. It may be defined by a geometry file with fixed bed level in the same format as the<br />
geometry file or using the material index technique.<br />
For zb_fix – values smaller than -100, the initial elevation of the bed topography (from the<br />
geometry file) will be set as fixed bed<br />
Variable type comp rep values condition desc<br />
input_type string Yes No {meshfile, index_table}<br />
input_file String Yes No Meshfile<br />
index list of integers Yes No Index_table<br />
zb_fix List of reals yes no [m rel.] Index_table<br />
Example:<br />
BEDMATERIAL<br />
{<br />
[…]<br />
FIXED_BED<br />
{<br />
input_type = index_table<br />
index = ( 1 2 5 8 )<br />
zb_fix = ( 0.0 10.3 2.1 43.9 )<br />
}<br />
[…]<br />
}<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich RIV - 2.6-21<br />
Version 10/2/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
INPUT FILES<br />
2.6.3.1.4 SOIL_ASSIGNMENT<br />
SOIL_ASSIGNMENT<br />
compulsory repeatable Condition:<br />
Super Blocks BEDMATERIAL < MORPHOLOGY < BASEPLANE_2D < DOMAIN<br />
Description:<br />
This block is finally used to assign the soil definitions to their corresponding areas in the<br />
topography. For this purpose, the index-technique is used. In the geometry input file,<br />
every cross-section (<strong>and</strong> also parts of a cross-section) can be labelled with an integer<br />
index number which is used to attach a soil definition.<br />
For single grain size simulations, no soil assignment is needed, as the erodable bed<br />
consists of one grain class with the mean diameter defined in GRAIN_CLASS.<br />
Inner Blocks<br />
Variable type comp rep values condition desc<br />
input_type string Yes No index_table<br />
index list of int’s No No index_table<br />
soil list of doubles No No index_table<br />
Example:<br />
BEDMATERIAL<br />
{<br />
[…]<br />
SOIL_DEF<br />
{<br />
[…]<br />
}<br />
SOIL_DEF<br />
{<br />
[…]<br />
}<br />
[…]<br />
SOIL_ASSIGNMENT<br />
{<br />
input_type = index_table<br />
index = ( 1 2 4 6 )<br />
soil = ( soil1 soil2 soil3 soil1 )<br />
}<br />
}<br />
RIV - 2.6-22<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />
Version 10/2/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
INPUT FILES<br />
2.6.3.2 BOUNDARY<br />
BOUNDARY<br />
compulsory repeatable Condition: -<br />
Super MORPHOLOGY < BASEPLANE_2D < DOMAIN<br />
Blocks<br />
Description: In 2D, sediment boundary conditions as inflow of bed material are defined using the<br />
EXTERNAL_SOURCE block. So, instead of defining a sediment discharge across a boundary, the<br />
bedload enters the computational area through sources in the corresponding computational cells.<br />
Therefore, no BOUNDARY block for sediment transport in 2D is needed.<br />
Variable type comp rep values condition desc<br />
-<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich RIV - 2.6-23<br />
Version 10/2/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
INPUT FILES<br />
2.6.3.3 SOURCE<br />
SOURCE<br />
compulsory repeatable Condition: -<br />
Super Blocks<br />
MORPHOLOGY < BASEPLANE_2D < DOMAIN<br />
Description:<br />
The SOURCE block for morphology in 2D contains external sources or sinks which<br />
can be attached to any computational cell with the corresponding element_id. For<br />
each different external source, a new inner block EXTERNAL_SOURCE has to be<br />
defined.<br />
EXTERNAL_SOURCES are used in 2D instead of sediment inflow boundary<br />
conditions.<br />
Inner Blocks<br />
EXTERNAL_SOURCE<br />
Variable type comp rep values condition desc<br />
- - - - -<br />
Example:<br />
MORPHOLOGY<br />
{<br />
[…]<br />
SOURCE<br />
{<br />
EXTERNAL_SOURCE<br />
{<br />
[…]<br />
}<br />
EXTERNAL_SOURCE<br />
{<br />
[…]<br />
}<br />
}<br />
[…]<br />
}<br />
RIV - 2.6-24<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />
Version 10/2/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
INPUT FILES<br />
2.6.3.3.1 EXTERNAL_SOURCE<br />
EXTERNAL_SOURCE<br />
compulsory repeatable Condition: -<br />
Super Blocks SOURCE < MORPHOLOGY < BASEPLANE_2D < DOMAIN<br />
Description: Specifies the source term static or in time for parts or the whole area. The<br />
EXTERNAL_SOURCE block is used for additional sources or sinks, in 2D simulations used<br />
instead of sediment inflow boundary conditions. If no source block is specified at all, the<br />
additional source is set to zero <strong>and</strong> no sediment enters the computational domain at all.<br />
For single grain size simulations, the definition of source_mixture is not needed.<br />
Inner Blocks AREA<br />
Variable type comp rep values condition desc<br />
source_type enum Yes No sediment_dicharge<br />
element_ids list of integers yes No<br />
source_file string Yes No File type “BC”<br />
source_mixture string Yes No Mixture<br />
defined<br />
Example:<br />
MORPHOLOGY<br />
{<br />
[…]<br />
SOURCE<br />
{<br />
EXTERNAL_SOURCE<br />
{<br />
source_type = sediment_discharge<br />
source_file = source_in_time.txt<br />
element_ids = ( 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 )<br />
source_mixture = mixture2<br />
}<br />
EXTERNAL_SOURCE<br />
{<br />
source_type = sediment_discharge<br />
source_file = another_source_in_time.txt<br />
element_ids = ( 256 ) // don’t forget the brackets<br />
source_mixture = mixture1<br />
}<br />
}<br />
[…]<br />
}<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich RIV - 2.6-25<br />
Version 10/2/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
INPUT FILES<br />
2.6.3.4 PARAMETERS<br />
PARAMETER<br />
compulsory repeatable Condition: -<br />
Super Blocks<br />
MORPHOLOGY < BASEPLANE_2D < DOMAIN<br />
Description:<br />
The PARAMETER block for morphology in 2D contains general settings dealing with<br />
bedload transport <strong>and</strong> sediment properties.<br />
Variable type comp rep values condition desc<br />
bedload_transport enum Yes No {MPM, MPMH,<br />
PARKER}<br />
bedload_factor real No No<br />
bedload_routing_start real No No [s]<br />
hydro_step integer No No<br />
upwind real No No<br />
porosity real Yes No [%]<br />
angle_of_repose real Yes No [°]<br />
density real Yes No [kg/m 3 ]<br />
Description of parameters:<br />
• bedload_transport : These 3 bedload relations are available:<br />
- MPM (Meyer-Peter & Müller)<br />
- MPMH (Meyer-Peter & Müller & Hunziker)<br />
- PARKER (Parker)<br />
• bedload_factor : This factor may be used for calibration of sediment transport. It is<br />
multiplied with the bedload equation. Default is set to 1.0<br />
• bedload_routing_start : Indicates, at which time sediment routing is started during a<br />
simulation. The default value is set to 0.0, which means bedload transport from the<br />
beginning.<br />
• hydro_step : Specifies the cycle steps for hydrodynamic routing. For example, a value<br />
of 5 forces the hydrodynamic routine to be computed after every 5 cycles of the<br />
sediment routine. The default value is set to 0<br />
• upwind : The upwind factor is already implemented with a default value of 0.5. At the<br />
moment, manual changes have no effect. The upwind factor remains constant during<br />
the whole simulation.<br />
• porosity : This is the general bed material porosity in [%], e.g. 37 %.<br />
• angle_of_repose : This is the bed materials angle of repose in degrees, e.g. 30.<br />
• density : The general densitiy of the bedload has to be specified in [kg/m 3 ]. A usual<br />
value would be e.g. 2650<br />
RIV - 2.6-26<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />
Version 10/2/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
INPUT FILES<br />
2.7 OUTPUT<br />
OUTPUT<br />
compulsory repeatable Condition: -<br />
Super Blocks BASEPLANE_2D < DOMAIN<br />
Description: This block specifies the desired output data. In 2D, a default output file contains all<br />
information about geometry <strong>and</strong> other variables along the flow direction. It is written<br />
according to the output time step setting <strong>and</strong> can be used for continuation simulations.<br />
For temporal outputs, one has to specify a SPECIAL_OUTPUT block where time histories<br />
or grain information for selected mesh-elements can be chosen. For each different output<br />
desire, a new SPECIAL_OUTPUT block has to be used.<br />
Inner Blocks SPECIAL_OUTPUT<br />
Variable type comp rep values condition desc<br />
output_time_step double Yes No [s]<br />
console_time_step double no No [s]<br />
result_location enum No No {node, center}<br />
Description of parameters:<br />
• output_time_step : Specifies the time step for the default output files.<br />
• console_time_step : Specifies the time step for console output. If no value is set,<br />
output_time_step will be used.<br />
• result_location : This parameter sets the type of output location. To plot the<br />
results, all plotting programs need an underlying mesh. The mesh for 2D is defined<br />
by its nodes <strong>and</strong> can be used easily for plotting. However, the results of the<br />
computation are represented in the center of an element.<br />
Choosing node forces the program to extrapolate the center-results on the nodes.<br />
The original mesh can be used for plotting then.<br />
Choosing center prints the results as they have been computed for the cell centers.<br />
For a correct plotting, a meshfile will be needed, which is defined by the location of<br />
the cell centers.<br />
Default setting is node.<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich RIV - 2.7-1<br />
Version 10/2/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
INPUT FILES<br />
Example:<br />
BASECHAIN_2D<br />
{<br />
[…]<br />
OUTPUT<br />
{<br />
output_time_step = 10.0<br />
console_time_step = 1.0<br />
result_location = node<br />
SPECIAL_OUTPUT<br />
{<br />
[…]<br />
}<br />
SPECIAL_OUTPUT<br />
{<br />
[…]<br />
}<br />
}<br />
[…]<br />
}<br />
RIV - 2.7-2<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />
Version 10/2/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
INPUT FILES<br />
2.7.1.1 SPECIAL_OUTPUT<br />
SPECIAL_OUTPUT<br />
compulsory repeatable Condition: -<br />
Super Blocks OUTPUT < BASEPLANE_2D < DOMAIN<br />
Description: Besides the default output, some extra output for selected elements can be defined. The<br />
choices for output type are time_history, grain <strong>and</strong> control.<br />
Time history plots all important cell information versus the time. Grain delivers all<br />
sediment information for the selected elements. control is an exhaustive data collection,<br />
which needs a lost of disk space <strong>and</strong> should be avoided by normal users. It uses the<br />
output_time_step defined within the OUTPUT block.<br />
Each such information for each cross-section will be written to an own file<br />
filename_tHNdGlb-[i]_thnd.out, where i is the element id.<br />
Note: For each type of special output, only one block may be defined.<br />
Variable type comp rep values condition desc<br />
type enum Yes No {time_history, grain, control}<br />
output_time_step real Yes [s]<br />
element_ids integer list Yes no Maximum 30 ids<br />
Example:<br />
BASECHAIN_2D<br />
{<br />
OUTPUT<br />
{<br />
output_time_step = 10.0<br />
console_time_step = 1.0<br />
result_location = node<br />
SPECIAL_OUTPUT<br />
{<br />
Type = time_history<br />
Output_time_step = 10.0<br />
Element_ids = ( 1 3 25 94 )<br />
}<br />
SPECIAL_OUTPUT<br />
{<br />
Type = grain<br />
Output_time_step = 15.0<br />
Element_ids = ( 99 )<br />
}<br />
SPECIAL_OUTPUT<br />
{<br />
Type = grain<br />
Output_time_step = 5.0<br />
Element_ids = ( 23 45 98 486 )<br />
}<br />
}<br />
}<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich RIV - 2.7-3<br />
Version 10/2/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
INPUT FILES<br />
This page has been intentionally left blank.<br />
RIV - 2.7-4<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />
Version 10/2/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
INPUT FILES<br />
IV INPUT FILES<br />
Part 2:<br />
Auxiliary Input Files<br />
3 Auxiliary input files<br />
3.1 Introduction<br />
3.1.1 Elements of an auxiliary input files<br />
Keyword<br />
DefType<br />
The keywords must be at the beginning of the line without any space<br />
between margin <strong>and</strong> word.<br />
The first two letters have to be either both capitals or both lower case<br />
letters.<br />
Format for connected parameters.<br />
/ Comment, e.g. whole line or after a parameter.<br />
3.1.2 Syntax description<br />
General<br />
<br />
[par]<br />
Units (U)<br />
e rel.<br />
e<br />
Symbol for space<br />
optional parameter<br />
unit e relative to a chosen reference system (e.g. elevation).<br />
absolute value of unit e (e.g. distance).<br />
Parameter types (T)<br />
r real decimal number (e.g. 52.37, 8.)<br />
i integer integer (e.g. 103)<br />
c character single character<br />
s string character string (word)<br />
Default values (D)<br />
For some parameters a default value is assumed if it is not specified.<br />
Repeatability (R)<br />
Specifies if the comm<strong>and</strong> can be used more than once (yes or no).<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich RIV - 3.1-1<br />
Version 10/2/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
INPUT FILES<br />
This page has been intentionally left blank.<br />
RIV - 3.1-2<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />
Version 10/2/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
INPUT FILES<br />
3.2 Type “BC” : File containing a boundary condition<br />
Definition Syntax:<br />
// this is a comment<br />
value1value2<br />
Example:<br />
// T Q<br />
0.000 10<br />
50000 12<br />
100000 11<br />
Summary:<br />
The first line contains information about the listed parameters. This line is not read by<br />
the program. The value table is terminated by the keyword “end”.<br />
Parameter Description:<br />
Parameter U T D R Description<br />
value1 S r y Value of the first parameter: e.g. time, water surface elevation,…<br />
m rel.<br />
value2 m 3 r y Value of the second parameter:<br />
Discharge,…<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich RIV - 3.2-1<br />
Version 10/2/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
INPUT FILES<br />
This page has been intentionally left blank.<br />
RIV - 3.2-2<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />
Version 10/2/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
INPUT FILES<br />
3.3 Type “Ini1D” : File containing initial conditions for BASECHAIN_1D<br />
This file can be a restart file generated by a previous simulation, which has been saved as<br />
text file with the extension “.txt”. It describes the initial hydraulic state in the channel with<br />
the discharge <strong>and</strong> the wetted area for each cross section.<br />
time<br />
[CompactSerial]<br />
Keyword<br />
DefType<br />
Definition Syntax:<br />
startTime<br />
Example:<br />
time0<br />
Summary:<br />
Defines the time of the described situation.<br />
Parameter Description:<br />
Parameter U T D R Description<br />
startTime s r n Time at which the simulation begins (usually 0).<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich RIV - 3.3-1<br />
Version 10/2/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
INPUT FILES<br />
none<br />
[Table]<br />
Keyword<br />
DefType<br />
Definition Syntax:<br />
crossSectionNameQA<br />
Example:<br />
cs1200150<br />
Summary:<br />
Defines discharge <strong>and</strong> wetted area for each cross section.<br />
Parameter Description:<br />
Parameter U T D R Description<br />
crossSectionName - s y Name of the cross section.<br />
Q m 3 /s r y Initial discharge.<br />
A m 2 r y Initial wetted area.<br />
RIV - 3.3-2<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />
Version 10/2/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
INPUT FILES<br />
3.4 Type “Topo1D” : Topography File for BASECHAIN_1D<br />
ZCalculation<br />
[Serial]<br />
Keyword<br />
DefType<br />
Definition Syntax:<br />
calculationType [filename]<br />
Example:<br />
zcalculation<br />
tabletableRhein<br />
Summary:<br />
Defines whether the hydraulic computation will be based on the iterative determination<br />
of z(A) <strong>and</strong> direct computation of all other values, or on the linear interpolation of the<br />
values from a previously computed table (faster for complex geometries). The option<br />
table can only be used if there is no sediment transport.<br />
Parameter Description:<br />
Parameter U T D R Description<br />
calculationType - s n “table” (only for pure hydraulic computations) or “iteration”.<br />
fileName - s n Name of the file in which the tables are stored. Read only for calculation<br />
type “table“.<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich RIV - 3.4-1<br />
Version 10/2/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
INPUT FILES<br />
REsistance<br />
[Serial]<br />
Keyword<br />
DefType<br />
Definition Syntax:<br />
resistanceType<br />
Example:<br />
resistance<br />
strickler<br />
Summary:<br />
Defines the friction law.<br />
Parameter Description:<br />
Parameter U T D R Description<br />
resistanceType - s n Friction law:<br />
• strickler: Stricker with Strickler value;<br />
• heightstr: Strickler with equivalent friction height;<br />
• chezy: Chézy;<br />
• darcy: Darcy-Weissbach.<br />
RIV - 3.4-2<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />
Version 10/2/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
INPUT FILES<br />
VAlues repeatable<br />
[Serial]<br />
Keyword<br />
DefType<br />
Definition Syntax:<br />
Par1Par2kMainChannelkForel<strong>and</strong>sbedSlopekBed<br />
Example:<br />
values<br />
0.050.0166.66666.666,,66.666<br />
Summary:<br />
Defines several values, which are valid for all the following cross-sections. It can be<br />
repeated to adopt new values for further cross-sections.<br />
Parameter Description:<br />
Parameter U T D R Description<br />
Par1<br />
m<br />
abs.<br />
/m2<br />
r n If calcuation type = table: maximum difference of water surface<br />
elevation between the calculated values in the table.<br />
If calculation type = iteration: maximum accepted difference<br />
between given A <strong>and</strong> calculated A for iterative z(A) calculation.<br />
Par2 m/- r/i n If calculation type = table: minimum interval of water surface<br />
elevation between the calculated values in the table.<br />
If calculation type = iteration: maximum number of iterations allowed<br />
for iterative z(A) calculation before the program is stopped.<br />
kMainChannel m 1/3 /s<br />
or<br />
i n Friction value of the main channel, if not specified in the single cross<br />
sections or cross section slices.<br />
mm<br />
kForel<strong>and</strong>s m 1/3 /s<br />
or<br />
i n Friction value of forel<strong>and</strong>s, if not specified in the single cross<br />
sections or cross section slices.<br />
mm<br />
bedSlope - i n Slope of the channel if not replaced by values in the single cross<br />
sections.<br />
kBed m 1/3 /s<br />
or<br />
i n Friction value of the bed, if not specified in the single cross sections<br />
or cross section slices.<br />
mm<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich RIV - 3.4-3<br />
Version 10/2/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
INPUT FILES<br />
20 repeatable Keyword<br />
[CompactSerial]<br />
DefType<br />
Definition Syntax:<br />
crossSectionNamedistance[referenceHight][kMainChannel][kForel<strong>and</strong>s][slop<br />
e][layerHeight][layerMixture][layerHeight][layerMixture]…<br />
Example:<br />
20'Qp2'0.05,,,,0.0360.1mixture11.0mixture1<br />
Summary:<br />
General parameters for each cross section.<br />
Parameter Description:<br />
Parameter U T D R Description<br />
crossSectionName - s n Name of the cross section.<br />
distance km r n Distance from the upstream boundary in [km]!<br />
referenceHight m r n Not implemented in current version.<br />
kMainChannel - r n Friction value of the main channel, if not defined differently in the<br />
cross section slices; depending on the specified friction law this is<br />
a Strickler value or an equivalent friction height.<br />
kForel<strong>and</strong>s - r n Friction value of the forel<strong>and</strong>s, if not defined differently in the<br />
cross section slices; depending on the specified friction law this is<br />
a Strickler value or an equivalent friction height.<br />
slope - r n Slope of the cross section.<br />
layerHeight m<br />
abs.<br />
r y Height of a layer for the whole cross section. If sediment transport<br />
is on, at least one layer must be specified, if the soil is bedrock<br />
the height of the first layer is 0. If the calculation with constant<br />
active layer height is adopted, the height of the first layer must<br />
correspond to the active layer height specified in the sediment file<br />
(H).<br />
layerMixture - s y Name of the sediment mixture of the layer<br />
RIV - 3.4-4<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />
Version 10/2/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
INPUT FILES<br />
21 repeatable Keyword<br />
[CompactSerial]<br />
DefType<br />
Definition Syntax:<br />
yz[K][typeChange][flownThrough][significantPoint][layerHight][layerMixtur<br />
e][layerHight][layerMixture]<br />
Examples:<br />
210.00325.8/<br />
217.53316.760 , , , ,15/<br />
2118.04317.230 , , , ,16/<br />
2124.8326.160/<br />
Summary:<br />
Describes a point at the interface between cross section slices. For the start point only y<br />
<strong>and</strong> z can be specified. The other parameters are always referred to the slice on the left<br />
of the point.<br />
Parameter Description:<br />
Parameter U T D R Description<br />
y<br />
m r n Distance from left border.<br />
rel.<br />
z<br />
m r n Elevation.<br />
rel.<br />
K m 1/3 /s<br />
or<br />
mm<br />
r n Friction value of the previous cross section slice: depending on the<br />
specified friction law this is a Strickler value or an equivalent friction<br />
height.<br />
typeChange - i n Change of channel type:<br />
12: has forel<strong>and</strong> on the left<br />
13: has main channel on the left<br />
2: beginning of the zone considered for the computation if it is not the<br />
first point (default).<br />
32: end of the computational area with forel<strong>and</strong> on the left.<br />
33: end of computational area with main channel on the left.<br />
flownThrough - i n Indicates if the water flows in the slice or not.<br />
0: flown through (default)<br />
1: not flown through.<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich RIV - 3.4-5<br />
Version 10/2/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
INPUT FILES<br />
significantPoint - i n 1: point will be used in the table.<br />
2: defines the lowest point of the cross section.<br />
3: defines the highest point of the cross section.<br />
6: defines the point representing the left dam.<br />
7: defines the point representing the right dam.<br />
15: begin of the bed bottom.<br />
16: end of the bed bottom.<br />
layerHeight m<br />
abs.<br />
r y Height of a layer. If sediment transport is “on”, at least one layer must<br />
be specified. If the soil is of bedrock the height of the first layer is 0. If<br />
the calculation with constant active layer height is adopted, the height<br />
of the first layer must correspond to the active layer height specified in<br />
the sediment file (E).<br />
layerMixture - s y Name of the sediment mixture of the layer.<br />
RIV - 3.4-6<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />
Version 10/2/2006
Reference Manual BASEMENT<br />
INPUT FILES<br />
99 Keyword<br />
[Serial]<br />
DefType<br />
Summary:<br />
Closes the description of a cross section.<br />
end<br />
[Serial]<br />
Keyword<br />
DefType<br />
Summary:<br />
Terminates the list of cross sections.<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich RIV - 3.4-7<br />
Version 10/2/2006
System Manuals BASEMENT<br />
INDEX AND GLOSSAR<br />
Table of Contents<br />
A. Notation<br />
A.1.<br />
A.2.<br />
A.3.<br />
A.4.<br />
Superscripts <strong>and</strong> Subscripts.........................................................................A.1-1<br />
Differential Operators ....................................................................................A.2-1<br />
English Symbols.............................................................................................A.3-1<br />
Greek Symbols ...............................................................................................A.4-1<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />
Version 9/28/2006<br />
i
System Manuals BASEMENT<br />
INDEX AND GLOSSAR<br />
This page has been intentionally left blank.<br />
ii<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />
Version 9/28/2006
System Manuals BASEMENT<br />
INDEX AND GLOSSAR<br />
A. Notation<br />
A.1. Superscripts <strong>and</strong> Subscripts<br />
(.) R<br />
(.) B<br />
Property of top most soil layer for bed load (active layer)<br />
(.) cr<br />
Critical value<br />
(.) i<br />
, (.) j<br />
, (.) k<br />
Index corresponding to three dimensional Cartesian<br />
3<br />
coordinate system with coordinates ( xyz , , )<br />
(.) g<br />
th<br />
Property corresponding to g grain size class<br />
(.) L<br />
Property on the left h<strong>and</strong> side<br />
(.) l<br />
Lateral property<br />
(.) n n<br />
th step of time integration<br />
Property on the right h<strong>and</strong> side<br />
Property at water surface<br />
Property of bed material storage layer (sub layer)<br />
(.)<br />
(.) Sub<br />
(.) S<br />
(.) x<br />
, (.) y<br />
, Property corresponding to three dimensional Cartesian<br />
z<br />
3<br />
coordinate system with coordinates ( xyz , , )<br />
(.)(.),(.)<br />
Dual property, i.e. QBx<br />
,<br />
= bed load discharge in x direction<br />
(.)<br />
(.)<br />
Triple property, i.e. = bed load discharge of grain size<br />
(.) ,(.)<br />
Q B g , x<br />
class g in x direction<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />
Version 9/28/2006<br />
A.1-1
System Manuals BASEMENT<br />
INDEX AND GLOSSAR<br />
This page has been intentionally left blank.<br />
A.1-2<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />
Version 9/28/2006
System Manuals BASEMENT<br />
INDEX AND GLOSSAR<br />
A.2. Differential Operators<br />
d<br />
dx<br />
Differential operator for derivation with respect to variable x<br />
n<br />
d<br />
n<br />
dx<br />
Differential operator for derivation of order n w. r. to var. x<br />
∂<br />
∂x<br />
Partial differential operator for derivation w. r. to variable x<br />
n<br />
∂<br />
n<br />
∂x<br />
Partial differential operator for derivation of order n w. r. to var. x<br />
∇<br />
Nabla operator. In three-dimensional Cartesian coordinate system<br />
T<br />
3<br />
⎛ ⎞<br />
∂ ∂ ∂<br />
with coordinates ( x, yz): , ∇= ⎜ , , ⎟<br />
⎜<br />
∂x ∂y ∂z<br />
⎟<br />
⎝ ⎠<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />
Version 9/28/2006<br />
A.2-1
System Manuals BASEMENT<br />
INDEX AND GLOSSAR<br />
This page has been intentionally left blank.<br />
A.2-2<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />
Version 9/28/2006
System Manuals BASEMENT<br />
INDEX AND GLOSSAR<br />
A.3. English Symbols<br />
Symbol Unit Definition<br />
A [m 2 ] Wetted cross section area<br />
a [m/s 2<br />
] Acceleration<br />
Ared<br />
[m 2<br />
] Reduced area<br />
c<br />
[m/s] Wave speed<br />
c<br />
f<br />
[-] Friction coefficient<br />
C<br />
[-] Concentration<br />
c μ<br />
[-] Dimensionless coefficient (used for turb. kin. viscosity)<br />
d<br />
g<br />
[m] Mean grain size of the size class g<br />
d m<br />
[m] Arithmetic mean grain size according to Meyer-Peter &<br />
F( U) , G( U)<br />
Müller<br />
[-] Flux vectors<br />
F<br />
[N] Force<br />
g [m/s 2 ] Gravity<br />
h [m] Water depth, flow depth<br />
h B<br />
[m] Thickness of active layer<br />
2<br />
K [m 3 /s] Conveyance factor K = k 3<br />
st<br />
AR<br />
k<br />
st<br />
[m 1/3 /s] Strickler factor<br />
k<br />
s<br />
[mm] equivalent roughness height<br />
m<br />
[kg] Mass<br />
n<br />
[m/s] Normal (directed outward) unit flow vector of a<br />
computational cell<br />
ng [-] Total number of grain size classes<br />
M [Ns] Momentum<br />
P [N/m 2<br />
] Pressure<br />
P<br />
[m] Hydraulic Perimeter<br />
p [-] Porosity<br />
p<br />
B<br />
[-] Porosity of bed material in active layer<br />
p<br />
Sub<br />
[-] Porosity of bed material in sub layer<br />
Q [m 3<br />
/s] Stream- or surface discharge<br />
Q [m 3<br />
/s] total bed load flux for cross section<br />
B<br />
q<br />
B g<br />
[m 3 /s/m] total bed load flux of grain size class g per unit width<br />
qB , ,<br />
[m<br />
g x<br />
, q 3<br />
Bg<br />
y<br />
/s/m] Cartesian components of total bed load flux q<br />
B g<br />
qB ,<br />
[m<br />
g xx<br />
, q<br />
3<br />
Bg,<br />
yy<br />
/s/m] Cartesian comp. of bed load flux due to stream forces<br />
q , q [m 3<br />
/s/m] Cartesian comp. of lateral bed load flux<br />
Bg, xy Bg,<br />
yx<br />
ql<br />
[m 2<br />
/s] Specific lateral discharge (discharge per meter of length)<br />
R [m] Hydraulic radius<br />
S( U)<br />
[-] Vector of source terms<br />
S<br />
f<br />
[-] Friction slope<br />
S<br />
B<br />
[-] Bed slope<br />
S<br />
g<br />
[m/s] suspended load source per cell <strong>and</strong> grain size class<br />
Sf [m/s] active layer floor source per cell <strong>and</strong> grain size class<br />
g<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />
Version 9/28/2006<br />
A.3-1
System Manuals BASEMENT<br />
INDEX AND GLOSSAR<br />
Sl<br />
g<br />
[m/s] local sediment source per cell <strong>and</strong> grain size class<br />
t<br />
[s] Time<br />
U<br />
[-] Vector of conserved variables<br />
[m/s] Flow velocity vector with Cartesian components , ,<br />
u *<br />
[m/s] shear stress veleocity<br />
uvw , ,<br />
[m/s] Cartesian components of flow velocity vector u<br />
uv ,<br />
[m/s] Cartesian components of depth averaged flow velocity<br />
uB, vB,<br />
wB<br />
[m/s] Cartesian components of flow velocity at bottom<br />
uS, vS,<br />
wS<br />
[m/s] Cartesian components of flow velocity at water surface<br />
V [m 3<br />
] Volume<br />
x,y,z [-] Cartesian coordinate axes<br />
x, yz ,<br />
[m] Distance in corresponding Cartesian direction<br />
z B<br />
[m] Bottom elevation<br />
z S<br />
[m] Water surface elevation<br />
[m] Elevation of active layer floor<br />
u ( uvw)<br />
z F<br />
A.3-2<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />
Version 9/28/2006
System Manuals BASEMENT<br />
INDEX AND GLOSSAR<br />
A.4. Greek Symbols<br />
Symbol Unit Definition<br />
α<br />
B<br />
[-] Empirical parameter depending on the dimensionless<br />
Shear stress of the mixture<br />
β [-] volumetric fraction of grain size class g in active layer<br />
g<br />
β<br />
g , Sub<br />
[-] volumetric fraction of grain size class g in active layer<br />
Γ<br />
[-] Eddy diffusivity<br />
κ<br />
[-] Kármán constant<br />
Δ t<br />
[s] Computational time step<br />
Δ t h<br />
[s] Time step for hydraulic sequence<br />
Δ t s<br />
[s] Time step for sediment transport sequence<br />
Δ t seq<br />
[s] Overall, sequential time step<br />
Δx, Δy,<br />
Δ z [m] Grid spacing according to three dimensional Cartesian<br />
3<br />
Coordinate system with coordinates ( x, yz) ,<br />
η [kg/ms] Molecular viscosity<br />
ν [m 2 /s] Kinematic viscosity, μ ρ<br />
ν<br />
ε<br />
[m 2 /s] Isotropic eddy viscosity<br />
ν<br />
t<br />
[m 2 /s] Turbulent kinematic viscosity<br />
ν<br />
0<br />
[m 2 /s] Base kinematics eddy viscosity<br />
ρ [kg/m 3 ] Mass density (fluid)<br />
ρ [kg/m 3 ] Bed material density<br />
s<br />
Bx ,<br />
,<br />
By ,<br />
ν = ν +<br />
t<br />
0<br />
*<br />
cuh<br />
μ<br />
τ τ [N/m 2 ] Cartesian components of bottom shear stress vector<br />
τ<br />
B<br />
[N/m 2 ] Vector of shear stress at bottom due to water flow<br />
τ<br />
Bg<br />
, crit<br />
[N/m 2 ] Critical shear stress related to grain size d<br />
g<br />
τ<br />
Sx ,<br />
, τ<br />
Sy ,<br />
[N/m 2 ] Cartesian components of surface shear stress vector<br />
τ<br />
S<br />
[N/m 2 ] Vector of shear stress at water surface (e.g. due to wind)<br />
Ω [m 2 ] Area of an element<br />
ξ [-] Hiding factor<br />
g<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />
Version 9/28/2006<br />
A.4-1
System Manuals BASEMENT<br />
INDEX AND GLOSSAR<br />
This page has been intentionally left blank.<br />
A.4-2<br />
VAW <strong>ETH</strong> Zürich<br />
Version 9/28/2006